Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Quectel M95 at Commands Manual V3.2

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 248

M95

AT Commands Manual
GSM/GPRS Module Series
Rev. M95_AT_Commands_Manual_V3.2
Date: 2015-11-02

www.quectel.com

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Our aim is to provide customers with timely and comprehensive service. For any
assistance, please contact our company headquarters:
Quectel Wireless Solutions Co., Ltd.
Office 501, Building 13, No.99, Tianzhou Road, Shanghai, China, 200233
Tel: +86 21 5108 6236
Mail: info@quectel.com

Or our local office, for more information, please visit:

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

http://www.quectel.com/support/salesupport.aspx

For technical support, to report documentation errors, please visit:


http://www.quectel.com/support/techsupport.aspx
Or Email: Support@quectel.com

GENERAL NOTES

QUECTEL OFFERS THIS INFORMATION AS A SERVICE TO ITS CUSTOMERS. THE INFORMATION


PROVIDED IS BASED UPON CUSTOMERS REQUIREMENTS. QUECTEL MAKES EVERY EFFORT
TO ENSURE THE QUALITY OF THE INFORMATION IT MAKES AVAILABLE. QUECTEL DOES NOT
MAKE ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND DOES NOT ACCEPT
ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY INJURY, LOSS OR DAMAGE OF ANY KIND INCURRED BY USE OF OR
RELIANCE UPON THE INFORMATION. ALL INFORMATION SUPPLIED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

COPYRIGHT

THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED HERE IS PROPRIETARY TECHNICAL INFORMATION OF


QUECTEL CO., LTD. TRANSMITTABLE, REPRODUCTION, DISSEMINATION AND EDITING OF THIS
DOCUMENT AS WELL AS UTILIZATION OF THIS CONTENTS ARE FORBIDDEN WITHOUT
PERMISSION. OFFENDERS WILL BE HELD LIABLE FOR PAYMENT OF DAMAGES. ALL RIGHTS
ARE RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF A PATENT GRANT OR REGISTRATION OF A UTILITY MODEL
OR DESIGN.

Copyright Quectel Wireless Solutions Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

1 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

About the Document


History

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Revision

Date

Author

Description

1.0

2011-12-30

Jean HU

Initial
1.
2.
3.

1.1

2012-03-20

Vivian WANG

4.
5.

1.

1.2

2013-07-16

Jelly WANG

2.
3.

4.

1.3

2013-11-25

Karen REN

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Modified flow control


Added
new
parameters
for
AT+QNITZ/
AT+QBAND
Added AT commands:
AT+QLTS/AT+QLDTMF/AT+QLTONE/AT+QSFR/
AT+QSPCH/AT+QMUXC
Deleted fax related commands
Deleted AT commands:
AT+QECHO/AT+QSIMDET/AT+QECHOEX/AT+Q
EAUART/AT+QSEDCB/AT+QSIMSTAT/AT+QTE
MP/AT+AUDLOOP/AT+QLOCKF/AT+EGPAU/AT+
QTUNBUF/AT+CRSM/AT+QDISP/AT+QCGTIND

Added AT commands:
AT+QSPN/AT+QTRPIN/AT+QISTATE/AT+QISSTA
T/AT+QLTONE/AT+QTONEP/AT+QTDMOD/AT+
QTONEDET/AT+QWDTMF/AT+QLEDMODE/AT+
QALARM/AT+CRSM/AT+CSIM/AT+QCSPWD/AT
+QENG/AT+QSCANF/AT+QLOCKF/AT+QTEMP/
A/
Added new parameters for AT+VTD
Added the value range of parameters for
AT+CTZU/AT+QIPROMPT/AT+QSCLK/AT+QSM
SCODE/AT+QRIMODE/AT+QMIC
Modified the description of the AT command:
AT+CSCS/AT+QPOWD/AT+CFUN/AT&D/AT+CP
MS/AT+QISSTAT/AT+QISEND

Added maximum response time to all AT commands.

Confidential / Released

2 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

3.0

2014-08-05

Jessica GENG

Added AT commands: AT+QGSN/AT+CCID


1.
2.

3.1

2014-09-16

Jessica GENG
3.

3.2

Modified AT command: AT+QSCLK


Deleted AT commands:
AT+CACM/AT+CAMM/AT+CAOC/AT+CCWE/AT+
CPUC/AT+CSIM/AT+CCID
Added AT commands:
AT+QDSIM/AT+QCOLP/AT+QCLIP

1. Added AT Commands:
AT+QREFUSECS/AT+QCGTIND/AT+QSIMDET/
AT+QSIMSTAT/AT+CSIM/AT+CCID/
2. Updated AT Command:
Updated notes for AT+CPBW/AT+COPS/AT+
CMUT/AT+CBC
Added new parameter for AT+QTDMOD/AT+
QSCLK/AT+QINDI
Updated parameter description for AT+IFC
3. Deleted AT Command:
AT+DR/AT+DS

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

2015-11-02

Anny ZHANG

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

3 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Contents
About the Document ................................................................................................................................... 2
Contents ....................................................................................................................................................... 4
Table Index ................................................................................................................................................. 10
1

Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 11
1.1.
Scope of the Document ......................................................................................................... 11
1.2.
AT Command Syntax............................................................................................................. 11
1.2.1.
Combining AT Commands on the Same Command Line ........................................... 12
1.2.2.
Entering Successive AT Commands on Separate Lines ............................................ 12
1.3.
Supported Character Sets ..................................................................................................... 12
1.4.
Flow Control .......................................................................................................................... 13
1.4.1.
Software Flow Control (XON/XOFF Flow Control) ..................................................... 13
1.4.2.
Hardware Flow Control (RTS/CTS Flow Control) ....................................................... 14
1.5.
Unsolicited Result Code ........................................................................................................ 14

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

General Commands ........................................................................................................................... 15


2.1.
ATI Display Product Identification Information.................................................................... 15
2.2.
AT+GMI Request Manufacturer Identification .................................................................... 15
2.3.
AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification ......................................................................... 16
2.4.
AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release ................................... 16
2.5.
AT+GOI Request Global Object Identification .................................................................... 17
2.6.
AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification .................................................................. 18
2.7.
AT+CGMM Request Model Identification ........................................................................... 18
2.8.
AT+CGMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release ................................. 19
2.9.
AT+GSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) .................................... 19
2.10.
AT+CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification (Identical with +GSN) .............. 20
2.11.
AT+QGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification (IMEI) ...................................... 20
2.12.
AT&F Set all Current Parameters to Manufacturer Defaults .............................................. 21
2.13.
AT&V Display Current Configuration .................................................................................. 21
2.14.
AT&W Store Current Parameter to User Defined Profile.................................................... 23
2.15.
ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode .......................................................................... 24
2.16.
ATV TA Response Format .................................................................................................. 24
2.17.
ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress ............................... 26
2.18.
ATZ Set all Current Parameters to User Defined Profile .................................................... 27
2.19.
AT+CFUN Set Phone Functionality .................................................................................... 27
2.20.
AT+QPOWD Power off ....................................................................................................... 29
2.21.
AT+CMEE Report Mobile Equipment Error ........................................................................ 29
2.22.
AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set ................................................................................... 30
2.23.
AT+GCAP Request Complete TA Capabilities List ............................................................. 32

Serial Interface Control Commands ................................................................................................ 33


3.1.
AT&C Set DCD Function Mode .......................................................................................... 33
3.2.
AT&D Set DTR Function Mode ........................................................................................... 33

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

4 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

3.3.
3.4.
3.5.
3.6.

AT+ICF Set TE-TA Control Character Framing .................................................................. 34


AT+IFC Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control....................................................................... 35
AT+ILRR Set TE-TA Local Data Rate Reporting Mode ...................................................... 36
AT+IPR Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate .................................................................................. 37
3.6.1.
Adaptive Baud ............................................................................................................. 39
3.7.
AT+CMUX Multiplexer Control............................................................................................ 40

Status Control Commands ............................................................................................................... 42


4.1.
AT+CEER Extended Error Report ...................................................................................... 42
4.2.
AT+CPAS Mobile Equipment Activity Status ...................................................................... 43
4.3.
AT+QINDRI Indicate RI When Using URC ......................................................................... 44
4.4.
AT+QMOSTAT Show State of Mobile Originated Call ........................................................ 45
4.5.
AT+QREFUSECS Configure Refuse Received SMS or Incoming CALL ............................. 46
4.6.
AT+QIURC Enable or Disable Initial URC Presentation .................................................... 46
4.7.
AT+QEXTUNSOL Enable/Disable Proprietary Unsolicited Indications .............................. 47
4.8.
AT+QINISTAT Query State of Initialization ......................................................................... 49
4.9.
AT+QNSTATUS Query GSM Network Status..................................................................... 49
4.10.
AT+QNITZ Network Time Synchronization......................................................................... 50
4.11.
AT+QLTS Obtain Latest Network Time Synchronized ....................................................... 51
4.12.
AT+CTZU Network Time Synchronization and Update the RTC Time .............................. 51
4.13.
AT+CTZR Network Time Synchronization Report .............................................................. 52
4.14.
AT+QSIMDET Switch on or off Detecting SIM Card .......................................................... 53
4.15.
AT+QSIMSTAT SIM Inserted Status Reporting .................................................................. 54
4.16.
AT+QCGTIND Circuit Switched Call or GPRS PDP Context Termination Indication ........... 55

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

SIM Related Commands .................................................................................................................... 57


5.1.
AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) .................................... 57
5.2.
AT+CLCK Facility Lock ....................................................................................................... 58
5.3.
AT+CPIN Enter PIN ............................................................................................................ 60
5.4.
AT+CPWD Change Password ............................................................................................ 61
5.5.
AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access...................................................................................... 63
5.6.
AT+CSIM Generic SIM Access ........................................................................................... 64
5.7.
AT+QCSPWD Change PS Super Password ...................................................................... 64
5.8.
AT+QCCID Show ICCID ..................................................................................................... 65
5.9.
AT+CCID Show CCID ......................................................................................................... 66
5.10.
AT+QGID Get SIM Card Group Identifier ........................................................................... 66
5.11.
AT+QSIMVOL Select SIM Card Operating Voltage............................................................ 67
5.12.
AT+QSPN Get Service Provider Name from SIM .............................................................. 68
5.13.
AT+QTRPIN Times Remain to Input SIM PIN/PUK ........................................................... 68
5.14.
AT+QDSIM Dual SIM Switch .............................................................................................. 69

Network Service Commands ............................................................................................................ 71


6.1.
AT+COPS Operator Selection ............................................................................................ 71
6.2.
AT+CREG Network Registration ........................................................................................ 73
6.3.
AT+CSQ Signal Quality Report .......................................................................................... 74
6.4.
AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List...................................................................................... 75

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

5 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

6.5.
6.6.
6.7.
6.8.
6.9.
7

AT+COPN Read Operator Names...................................................................................... 76


AT+QBAND Get and Set Mobile Operation Band .............................................................. 77
AT+QENG Switch on or off Engineering Mode .................................................................. 78
AT+QSCANF Scan Power of GSM Frequency .................................................................. 81
AT+QLOCKF Lock GSM Frequency .................................................................................. 82

Call Related Commands .................................................................................................................... 83


7.1.
ATA Answer an Incoming Call............................................................................................. 83
7.2.
ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial a Number .................................................................... 84
7.3.
ATH Disconnect Existing Connection ................................................................................. 85
7.4.
+++ Switch from Data Mode to Command Mode ............................................................... 86
7.5.
ATO Switch from Command Mode to Data Mode .............................................................. 87
7.6.
ATP Select Pulse Dialing .................................................................................................... 87
7.7.
ATS0 Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering Call...................................... 88
7.8.
ATS6 Set Pause before Blind Dialing ................................................................................. 88
7.9.
ATS7 Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Connection Completion ................................... 89
7.10.
ATS8 Set the Number of Seconds to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier ................................. 90
7.11.
ATS10 Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data Carrier ....................... 90
7.12.
ATT Select Tone Dialing...................................................................................................... 91
7.13.
AT+CSTA Select Type of Address ...................................................................................... 91
7.14.
AT+CLCC List Current Calls of ME .................................................................................... 92
7.15.
AT+CR Service Reporting Control ...................................................................................... 93
7.16.
AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for Incoming Call Indication ...................................... 94
7.17.
AT+CSNS Single Numbering Scheme ............................................................................... 96
7.18.
AT+QSFR Preference Speech Coding ............................................................................... 96
7.19.
AT+QSPCH Speech Channel Type Report ........................................................................ 97
7.20.
AT+QDISH Disable ATH ..................................................................................................... 98

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

SMS Commands ............................................................................................................................... 100


8.1.
AT+CSMS Select Message Service ................................................................................. 100
8.2.
AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format......................................................................... 101
8.3.
AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address.......................................................................... 101
8.4.
AT+CPMS Preferred SMS Message Storage ................................................................... 103
8.5.
AT+CMGD Delete SMS Message .................................................................................... 104
8.6.
AT+CMGL List SMS Messages from Preferred Store ...................................................... 105
8.7.
AT+CMGR Read SMS Message ...................................................................................... 108
8.8.
AT+CMGS Send SMS Message........................................................................................111
8.9.
AT+CMGW Write SMS Message to Memory ................................................................... 113
8.10.
AT+CMSS Send SMS Message from Storage ................................................................. 114
8.11.
AT+CMGC Send SMS Command .................................................................................... 115
8.12.
AT+CNMI New SMS Message Indications ....................................................................... 116
8.13.
AT+CRES Restore SMS Settings ..................................................................................... 119
8.14.
AT+CSAS Save SMS Settings ......................................................................................... 120
8.15.
AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast SMS Messages ........................................................... 120
8.16.
AT+CSDH Show SMS Text Mode Parameters ................................................................. 121

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

6 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

8.17.
8.18.
8.19.
8.20.
9

AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters .................................................................... 122


AT+QCLASS0 Store Class 0 SMS to SIM when Receiving Class 0 SMS ....................... 123
AT+QMGDA Delete all SMS ............................................................................................. 124
AT+QSMSCODE Configure SMS Code Mode ................................................................. 125

Phonebook Commands ................................................................................................................... 127


9.1.
AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage ............................................................... 127
9.2.
AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entry .................................................................................. 128
9.3.
AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook Entries ................................................................... 129
9.4.
AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries .................................................................................. 130
9.5.
AT+CNUM Subscriber Number ........................................................................................ 131

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

10 GPRS Commands ............................................................................................................................ 133


10.1.
AT+CGATT Attach to/Detach from GPRS Service ........................................................... 133
10.2.
AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context ................................................................................ 134
10.3.
AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested)...................................................... 135
10.4.
AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) ....................................... 136
10.5.
AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate ............................................................. 137
10.6.
AT+CGDATA Enter Data State.......................................................................................... 138
10.7.
AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address ................................................................................. 139
10.8.
AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class ..................................................................... 140
10.9.
AT+CGEREP Control Unsolicited GPRS Event Reporting .............................................. 141
10.10. AT+CGREG Network Registration Status ........................................................................ 142
10.11. AT+CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages ....................................................... 143
10.12. AT+QGPCLASS Change GPRS Multi-slot Class ............................................................. 144
11 TCPIP Commands ............................................................................................................................ 145
11.1.
AT+QIOPEN Start up TCP or UDP Connection ............................................................... 145
11.2.
AT+QISEND Send Data through TCP or UDP Connection .............................................. 146
11.3.
AT+QICLOSE Close TCP or UDP Connection ................................................................. 147
11.4.
AT+QIDEACT Deactivate GPRS/CSD PDP Context ....................................................... 149
11.5.
AT+QILPORT Set Local Port ............................................................................................ 149
11.6.
AT+QIREGAPP Start TCPIP Task and Set APN, User Name and Password .................. 150
11.7.
AT+QIACT Activate GPRS/CSD Context ......................................................................... 151
11.8.
AT+QILOCIP Get Local IP Address .................................................................................. 151
11.9.
AT+QISTAT Query Current Connection Status ................................................................ 152
11.10. AT+QISTATE Query Connection Status of the Current Access ....................................... 154
11.11. AT+QISSTAT Query the Current Server Status ................................................................ 155
11.12. AT+QIDNSCFG Configure Domain Name Server ............................................................ 156
11.13. AT+QIDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name ....................................... 157
11.14. AT+QIDNSIP Connect with IP Address or Domain Name Server .................................... 158
11.15. AT+QIHEAD Add an IP Header when Receiving Data .................................................... 158
11.16. AT+QIAUTOS Set Auto Sending Timer ............................................................................ 159
11.17. AT+QIPROMPT Set Prompt of > when Sending Data .................................................... 160
11.18. AT+QISERVER Configured as Server.............................................................................. 160
11.19. AT+QICSGP Select CSD or GPRS as the Bearer ........................................................... 161

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

7 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

11.20.
11.21.
11.22.
11.23.
11.24.
11.25.
11.26.
11.27.
11.28.
11.29.
11.30.
11.31.
11.32.
11.33.
11.34.

AT+QISRVC Choose Connection ..................................................................................... 163


AT+QISHOWRA Set Whether or Not to Display the Address of Sender ......................... 163
AT+QISCON Save TCPIP Application Context Configuration ......................................... 164
AT+QIMODE Select TCPIP Transfer Mode ...................................................................... 166
AT+QITCFG Configure Transparent Transfer Mode ........................................................ 166
AT+QISHOWPT Control Whether or Not to Show the Protocol Type .............................. 167
AT+QIMUX Control Whether or Not to Enable Multiple TCPIP Session .......................... 168
AT+QISHOWLA Control Whether or Not to Display Local IP Address ............................ 169
AT+QIFGCNT Select a Context as Foreground Context ................................................. 170
AT+QISACK Query the Data Information for Sending ..................................................... 170
AT+QINDI Set the Method to Handle Received TCP/IP Data .......................................... 171
AT+QIRD Retrieve the Received TCP/IP Data ................................................................ 172
AT+QISDE Control Whether or Not to Echo the Data for QISEND ................................. 174
AT+QPING Ping a Remote Server ................................................................................... 174
AT+QNTP Synchronize the Local Time Via NTP ............................................................. 175

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

12 Supplementary Service Commands .............................................................................................. 177


12.1.
AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control ........................................... 177
12.2.
AT+CCUG Closed User Group Control ............................................................................ 179
12.3.
AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control ........................................................................................ 180
12.4.
AT+CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty .................................................................................. 181
12.5.
AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation ............................................................. 183
12.6.
AT+QCLIP Display the +CLIP Number Name .................................................................. 185
12.7.
AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction ................................................................ 186
12.8.
AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation .................................................... 187
12.9.
AT+QCOLP Display the +COLP Number Name .............................................................. 188
12.10. AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data .................................................... 189
12.11. AT+CSSN Supplementary Services Notification .............................................................. 190
13 Audio Commands ............................................................................................................................ 192
13.1.
ATL Set Monitor Speaker Loudness ................................................................................. 192
13.2.
ATM Set Monitor Speaker Mode....................................................................................... 192
13.3.
AT+VTD Tone Duration ..................................................................................................... 193
13.4.
AT+VTS DTMF and Tone Generation............................................................................... 194
13.5.
AT+CALM Alert Sound Mode ........................................................................................... 195
13.6.
AT+CRSL Ringer Sound Level ......................................................................................... 195
13.7.
AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level............................................................................. 196
13.8.
AT+CMUT Mute Control ................................................................................................... 197
13.9.
AT+QSIDET Change the Side Tone Gain Level ............................................................... 197
13.10. AT+QMIC Change the Microphone Gain Level ................................................................ 198
13.11. AT+QLDTMF Generate Local DTMF Tones ..................................................................... 199
13.12. AT+QAUDCH Swap the Audio Channels ......................................................................... 200
13.13. AT+QLTONE Generate Local Specific Tone ..................................................................... 200
13.14. AT+QTONEP Set DTMF Output Path .............................................................................. 201
13.15. AT+QTDMOD Set Tone Detection Mode .......................................................................... 202

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

8 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

13.16.
13.17.

AT+QTONEDET Detect DTMF ......................................................................................... 203


AT+QWDTMF Play DTMF Tone During the Call .............................................................. 205

14 Hardware Related Commands ........................................................................................................ 208


14.1.
AT+CCLK Clock ................................................................................................................ 208
14.2.
AT+QALARM Set Alarm.................................................................................................... 209
14.3.
AT+CBC Battery Charge................................................................................................... 210
14.4.
AT+QSCLK Configure Slow Clock.................................................................................... 210
14.5.
AT+QTEMP Query the Current Voltage and Temperature ............................................... 211
14.6.
AT+QLEDMODE Configure the Network LED Patterns ................................................... 212
15 Others Commands ........................................................................................................................... 213
15.1.
A/ Re-issues the Last Command Given ........................................................................... 213
15.2.
ATE Set Command Echo Mode ........................................................................................ 213
15.3.
ATS3 Set Command Line Termination Character ............................................................ 214
15.4.
ATS4 Set Response Formatting Character ...................................................................... 214
15.5.
ATS5 Set Command Line Editing Character .................................................................... 215
15.6.
AT+QRIMODE Set RI Time .............................................................................................. 215

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

16 Appendix ........................................................................................................................................... 217


16.1.
Related Documents ............................................................................................................. 217
16.2.
Terms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... 217
16.3.
Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F .................................................................. 218
16.4.
AT Command Settings Storable with AT&W ........................................................................ 220
16.5.
AT Command Settings Storable with ATZ ........................................................................... 223
16.6.
Summary of URC ................................................................................................................ 225
16.7.
Summary of CME ERROR Codes ...................................................................................... 227
16.8.
Summary of CMS ERROR Codes ...................................................................................... 231
16.9.
Summary of Cause for Extended Error Report ................................................................... 233
16.9.1.
Location ID for the Extended Error Report ............................................................... 233
16.9.2.
Cause for Protocol Stack (PS) Layer ........................................................................ 233
16.9.3.
Internal cause for MM layer....................................................................................... 245
16.9.4.
Cause for PPP/IP-Stack ............................................................................................ 246

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

9 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Table Index
TABLE 1: TYPES OF AT COMMANDS AND RESPONSES ............................................................................. 12
TABLE 2: AT&V DISPLAY CURRENT CONFIGURATION LIST ....................................................................... 22
TABLE 3: ATV0&ATV1 RESULT CODES NUMERIC EQUIVALENTS AND BRIEF DESCRIPTIONS .............. 25
TABLE 4: RELATED DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................................ 217
TABLE 5: TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ...................................................................................................... 217
TABLE 6: FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS RESTORABLE WITH AT&F ...................................................... 218
TABLE 7: AT COMMAND SETTINGS STORABLE WITH AT&W .................................................................... 220
TABLE 8: AT COMMAND SETTINGS STORABLE WITH ATZ ....................................................................... 223

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

TABLE 9: SUMMARY OF URC ....................................................................................................................... 225


TABLE 10: DIFFERENT CODING SCHEMES OF +CME ERROR: <ERR> ................................................... 227
TABLE 11: DIFFERENT CODING SCHEMES OF +CMS ERROR: <ERR> ................................................... 231

TABLE 12: LOCATION ID FOR THE EXTENDED ERROR REPORT ............................................................ 233
TABLE 13: CAUSE FOR PROTOCOL STACK (PS) LAYER ........................................................................... 233
TABLE 14: INTERNAL CAUSE FOR MM LAYER ........................................................................................... 245
TABLE 15: CAUSE FOR PPP/IP-STACK ........................................................................................................ 246

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

10 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Introduction

1.1. Scope of the Document

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

This document presents the AT Commands Set for Quectel cellular engine M95.

1.2. AT Command Syntax

The AT or at prefix must be set at the beginning of each command line. To terminate a command line
enter
<CR>.
Commands
are
usually
followed
by
a
response
that
includes
<CR><LF><response><CR><LF>. Throughout this document, only the responses are presented,
<CR><LF> are omitted intentionally.

The AT Commands Set implemented by M95 is a combination of GSM07.05, GSM07.07 and ITU-T
recommendation V.25ter and the AT Commands developed by Quectel.
All these AT Commands can be split into three categories syntactically: basic, S parameter, and
extended. They are listed as follows:

Basic syntax
These AT Commands have the format of AT<x><n>, or AT&<x><n>, where <x> is the command,
and <n> is/are the argument(s) for that command. An example of this is ATE<n>, which tells the DCE
whether received characters should be echoed back to the DTE according to the value of <n>. <n> is
optional and a default will be used if it is missing.

S parameter syntax
These AT Commands have the format of ATS<n>=<m>, where <n> is the index of the S register to set,
and <m> is the value to assign to it. <m> is optional; if it is missing, then a default value is assigned.
Extended syntax
These commands can be operated in several modes, as following table:

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

11 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Table 1: Types of AT Commands and Responses

Test Command

AT+<x>=?

This command returns the list of parameters and value ranges


set by the corresponding Write Command or internal processes.

Read Command

AT+<x>?

This command returns the currently set value of the parameter


or parameters.

Write Command

AT+<x>=<>

This command sets the user-definable parameter values.

Execution
Command

AT+<x>

This command reads non-variable parameters affected by


internal processes in the GSM engine.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

1.2.1. Combining AT Commands on the Same Command Line

You can enter several AT Commands on the same line. In this case, you do not need to type the AT or
at prefix before every command. Instead, you only need to type AT or at at the beginning of the
command line. Please note that use a semicolon as command delimiter.
The command line buffer can accept a maximum of 256 characters. If the input characters exceeded the
maximum, then no command will be executed and TA will return ERROR.

1.2.2. Entering Successive AT Commands on Separate Lines

When you need to enter a series of AT Commands on separate lines, please note that you need to wait
the final response (for example OK, CME error, CMS error) of the last AT command you entered before
you enter the next AT command.

1.3. Supported Character Sets

M95 AT Command interface defaults to the GSM character set. M95 supports the following character sets:

GSM
UCS2
HEX
IRA
PCCP437
8859-1

The character set can be configured and interrogated using the AT+CSCS command (GSM 07.07). The
character set is defined in GSM specification 07.05. The character set affects transmission and reception
of SMS and SMS Cell Broadcast Messages, the entry and display of phone book entries text field and
SIM Application Toolkit alpha strings.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

12 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

1.4. Flow Control


Flow control is very important for correct communication between the GSM engine and DTE. For example,
in the case such as a data or FAX call, the sending device is transferring data faster than the receiving
side is ready to accept. When the receiving buffer reaches its capacity, the receiving device should be
capable to cause the sending device to pause until it catches up.
There are basically two approaches to achieve data flow control: software flow control and hardware flow
control. M95 supports both two kinds of flow control.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

In Multiplex mode, it is recommended to use the hardware flow control.


The default flow control approach of M95 is closed.

1.4.1. Software Flow Control (XON/XOFF Flow Control)

Software flow control sends different characters to stop (XOFF, decimal 19) and resume (XON, decimal
17) data flow. It is quite useful in some applications that only use three wires on the serial interface.

The default flow control approach of M95 is closed, to enable software flow control in the DTE interface
and within GSM engine, type the following AT command:
AT+IFC=1, 1<CR>

This setting is stored volatile, for use after restart, AT+IFC=1, 1<CR> should be stored to the user profile
with AT&W<CR>.

Ensure that any communication software package (e.g. ProComm Plus, Hyper Terminal or WinFax Pro)
uses software flow control.

NOTE

Software Flow Control should not be used for data calls where binary data will be transmitted or received
(e.g. TCP/IP), because the DTE interface may interpret binary data as flow control characters.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

13 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

1.4.2. Hardware Flow Control (RTS/CTS Flow Control)


The default flow control approach of M95 is closed, to enable hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow
control) in the DTE interface and within GSM engine, type the following AT command:
AT+IFC=2, 2<CR>.
This setting is stored volatile, for use after restart, AT+IFC=2, 2<CR> should be stored to the user profile
with AT&W<CR>.
Hardware flow control achieves the data flow control by controlling the RTS/CTS line. When the data
transfer should be suspended, the CTS line is set inactive until the transfer from the receiving buffer has
completed. When the receiving buffer is ok to receive more data, CTS goes active once again.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

To achieve hardware flow control, ensure that the RTS/CTS lines are present on your application platform.

1.5. Unsolicited Result Code

A URC is a report message sent from the ME to the TE. An unsolicited result code can either be delivered
automatically when an event occurs, to reflect change in system state or as a result of a query the ME
received before, often due to occurrences of errors in executing the queries. However, a URC is not
issued as a direct response to an executed AT command. AT commands have their own implementations
to validate inputs such as OK or ERROR.
Typical URCs may be information about incoming calls, received SMS, changing temperature, status of
the battery etc. A summary of URCs is listed in Appendix.

When sending a URC, the ME activates its Ring Interrupt (Logic l), i.e. the line goes active low for a few
milliseconds. If an event which delivers a URC coincides with the execution of an AT command, the URC
will be output after command execution has completed.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

14 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

General Commands

2.1. ATI
ATI

Display Product Identification Information

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Display Product Identification Information

Execution Command
ATI

Response
TA issues product information text.
Quectel_Ltd
Quectel_M95
Revision: M95FARxxAxx
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

Example

300ms

ATI
Quectel_Ltd
Quectel_M95
Revision: M95FAR01A01
OK

2.2. AT+GMI
AT+GMI

Request Manufacturer Identification

Request Manufacturer Identification

Test Command
AT+GMI=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+GMI

Response
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit
the user to identify the manufacturer.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

15 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Quectel_Ltd
Quectel_M95
Revision: MTK 0828
OK
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

2.3. AT+GMM

Request TA Model Identification

AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification


Test Command
AT+GMM=?

Execution Command
AT+GMM

Response
OK

Response
TA returns a product model identification text.
Quectel_M95
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

300ms

2.4. AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release


AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
Test Command
AT+GMR=?

Execution Command
AT+GMR

Response
OK

Response
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit
the user to identify the revision of software release.
Revision: <revision>
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

16 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<revision>

Revision of software release

Example
AT+GMR
Revision: M95FAR01A01
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

2.5. AT+GOI
AT+GOI

Request Global Object Identification

Request Global Object Identification

Test Command
AT+GOI=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+GOI

Response
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit
the user to identify the device, based on the ISO system for
registering unique object identifiers.
<Object Id>
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<Object Id>

NOTE

300ms

Identifier of device type

See X.208, 209 for the format of <Object Id>. For example, in M95 wireless module, string M95 is
displayed.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

17 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

2.6. AT+CGMI
AT+CGMI

Request Manufacturer Identification

Request Manufacturer Identification

Test Command
AT+CGMI=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+CGMI

Response
TA returns manufacturer identification text.
Quectel_Ltd
Quectel_M95
Revision: MTK 0828

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

2.7. AT+CGMM
AT+CGMM
Test Command
AT+CGMM=?

300ms

Request Model Identification

Request Model Identification

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+CGMM

Response
TA returns product model identification text.
<model>
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<model>

300ms

Product model identification text

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

18 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

2.8. AT+CGMR

Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release

AT+CGMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release


Test Command
AT+CGMR=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+CGMR

Response
TA returns product software version identification text.
Revision: <revision>
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<revision>

Product software version identification text

2.9. AT+GSN
AT+GSN

300ms

Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)

Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)

Test Command
AT+GSN=?

Execution Command
AT+GSN

Response
OK

Response
TA reports the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)
number in information text which permit the user to identify
the individual ME device.
<sn>
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

300ms

Parameter
<sn>

IMEI of the telephone

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

19 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTE
The serial number (IMEI) is varied with the individual ME device.

2.10. AT+CGSN

Request Product Serial Number Identification (Identical

with +GSN)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification (Identical with +GSN)


Test Command
AT+CGSN=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+CGSN

Response
<sn>
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

NOTE
See AT+GSN.

2.11. AT+QGSN

300ms

Request Product Serial Number Identification (IMEI)

AT+QGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification (IMEI)


Test Command
AT+QGSN=?

Execution Command
AT+QGSN

Response
OK

Response
+QGSN: <sn>
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

20 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<sn>

A string parameter which indicates the IMEI of the telephone

NOTE
1. The serial number (IMEI) is varied with the individual ME device.
2. See AT+GSN.

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+QGSN
//Query the IMEI
+QGSN: "359231033484583"
OK

2.12. AT&F
AT&F

Set all Current Parameters to Manufacturer Defaults

Set all Current Parameters to Manufacturer Defaults

Execution Command
AT&F[<value>]

Response
TA sets all current parameters to the manufacturer defined
profile.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<value>

2.13. AT&V
AT&V

Set all TA parameters to manufacturer defaults

Display Current Configuration

Display Current Configuration

Execution Command
AT&V[<n>]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
TA returns the current parameter setting.
ACTIVE PROFILE

Confidential / Released

21 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<current configurations text>


OK
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

Profile number

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Table 2: AT&V Display Current Configuration List


AT&V or AT&V0

AT&V
ACTIVE PROFILE
E: 1
Q: 0
V: 1
X: 4
S0: 0
S2: 43
S3: 13
S4: 10
S5: 8
S6: 2
S7: 60
S8: 2
S10: 15
+CR: 0
+FCLASS: 0
+CMGF: 0
+CSDH: 0
+ILRR: 0
+CMEE: 1
+CBST: 7,0,1
+IFC: 0,0
+ICF: 3,3
+CNMI: 2,1,0,0,0
+CSCS: "GSM"
+IPR: 0
&C: 1

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

22 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

&D: 0
+CSTA: 129
+CRLP: 61,61,128,6,0,3
+CCWE: 0
+QSIMSTAT: 0
+CMUX: -1
+CCUG: 0,10,0
+CLIP: 0
+COLP: 0
+CCWA: 0
+CAOC: 1
+CLIR: 0
+CUSD: 0
+CREG: 0
+QSIMDET: 0,0,0
+QMIC: 4,9,8
+QECHO(NORMAL_AUDIO): 253,96,16388,57351,0
+QECHO(Earphone_AUDIO): 253,0,10756,57351,1
+QECHO(LoudSpk_AUDIO): 224,96,5256,57351,2
+QSIDET(NORMAL_AUDIO): 80
+QSIDET(HEADSET_AUDIO): 144
+QCLIP: 0
+QCOLP: 0
+CSNS: 0
OK

2.14. AT&W
AT&W

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Store Current Parameter to User Defined Profile

Store Current Parameter to User Defined Profile

Execution Command
AT&W[<n>]

Response
TA stores the current parameter setting in the user defined
profile.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

Profile number to store to

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

23 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTE
The profile defined by user is stored in non-volatile memory.

2.15. ATQ
ATQ

Set Result Code Presentation Mode

Set Result Code Presentation Mode

Execution Command
ATQ<n>

Response
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA
transmits any result code to the TE. Information text
transmitted in response is not affected by this setting.
If <n>=0:
OK
If <n>=1:
(none)

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

0
1

2.16. ATV
ATV

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
TA transmits result code
Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted

TA Response Format

TA Response Format

Execution Command
ATV[<value>]

Response
This parameter setting determines the contents of the header
and trailer transmitted with result codes and information
responses.
When <value>=0
0
When <value>=1
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

24 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<value>

Information response: <text><CR><LF>


Short result code format: <numeric code><CR>
Information response: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
Long result code format: <CR><LF><verbose code><CR><LF>

NOTE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

The result codes, their numeric equivalents and brief descriptions of the use of each are listed in the
following table.

Example
ATV1
OK
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 30,0
OK
ATV0
0
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 30,0
0

//Set <value>=1

//When <value>=1 result code is OK


//Set <value>=0

//When <value>=0 result code is 0

Table 3: ATV0&ATV1 Result Codes Numeric Equivalents and Brief Descriptions


ATV1

ATV0

Description

Acknowledges execution of a command

A connection has been established; the DCE is moving


from command state to online data state

RING

The DCE has detected an incoming call signal from


network

NO CARRIER

The connection has been terminated or the attempt to


establish a connection failed

ERROR

Command not recognized, command line maximum

OK
CONNECT

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

25 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

length exceeded, parameter value invalid, or other


problem with processing the command line
NO DIALTONE

No dial tone detected

BUSY

Engaged (busy) signal detected

NO ANSWER

"@" (Wait for Quiet Answer) dial modifier was used, but
remote ringing followed by five seconds of silence was
not detected before expiration of the connection timer
(S7)

PROCEEDING

An AT command is being processed

Manufacturer-specific

Same as CONNECT, but includes manufacturerspecific text that may specify DTE speed, line speed,
error control, data compression, or other status

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

CONNECT <text>

2.17. ATX
ATX

Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress

Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress

Execution Command
ATX[<value>]

Response
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA
detected the presence of dial tone and busy signal and
whether or not TA transmits particular result codes.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<value>

2
3
4

CONNECT result code only returned, dial tone and busy detection are both
disabled
CONNECT<text> result code only returned, dial tone and busy detection are
both disabled
CONNECT<text> result code returned, dial tone detection is enabled, busy
detection is disabled
CONNECT<text> result code returned, dial tone detection is disabled, busy
detection is enabled
CONNECT<text> result code returned, dial tone and busy detection are both
enabled

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

26 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTES
1.
2.

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of ATX0.


The factory default is <value>=4.

2.18. ATZ

Set all Current Parameters to User Defined Profile

ATZ Set all Current Parameters to User Defined Profile

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Execution Command
ATZ[<value>]

Response
TA sets all current parameters to the user defined profile.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<value>

NOTES

Reset to profile number 0

1. Profile defined by user is stored in non-volatile memory.


2. If the user profile is invalid, it will default to the factory default profile.
3. Any additional commands on the same command line are ignored.

2.19. AT+CFUN

Set Phone Functionality

AT+CFUN Set Phone Functionality


Test Command
AT+CFUN=?

Response
+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s), (list of supported <rst>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CFUN?

Response
+CFUN: <fun>
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

27 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Write Command
AT+CFUN=<fun>[,<rst>]

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

15s, determined by network.

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<fun>

<rst>

0
1
4
0
1

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Minimum functionality
Full functionality (Default)
Disable phone both transmit and receive RF circuits
Do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun> power level
This is default when <rst> is not given
Reset the ME before setting it to <fun> power level

AT+CFUN=0
+CPIN: NOT READY
OK
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0

OK
AT+CPIN?
+CME ERROR: 13
AT+CFUN=1
OK
+CPIN: SIM PIN
AT+CPIN=1234
+CPIN: READY

//Switch phone to minimum functionality

//No operator is registered

//SIM failure
//Switch phone to full functionality

OK
Call Ready
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

28 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,0,"CHINA MOBILE"

//Operator is registered

OK

2.20. AT+QPOWD

Power off

AT+QPOWD Power off

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Write Command
AT+QPOWD=<n>

Response
When <n>=0
OK
When <n>=1
NORMAL POWER DOWN

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<n>

0
1

Example

Urgent power off ( Do not send out URC "NORMAL POWER DOWN")
Normal power off (Send out URC "NORMAL POWER DOWN")

AT+QPOWD=0
OK
AT+QPOWD=1
NORMAL POWER DOWN

2.21. AT+CMEE
AT+CMEE

//Urgent power off, returned OK

//Normal power off, send out URC NORMAL


POWER DOWN

Report Mobile Equipment Error

Report Mobile Equipment Error

Test Command
AT+CMEE=?

Response
+CMEE: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

29 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Read Command
AT+CMEE?

Response
+CMEE: <n>
OK

Write Command
AT+CMEE=[<n>]

Response
TA disables or enables the use of result code +CME ERROR:
<err> as an indication of an error related to the functionality of
the ME.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>

0
1
2

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Disable result code
Enable result code and use numeric values
Enable result code and use verbose values

AT+CMEE=0
OK
AT+CPIN=1234
ERROR
AT+CMEE=1
OK
AT+CPIN=1234
+CME ERROR: 10
AT+CMEE=2

//Disable result code

//Only ERROR will be displayed


//Enable error result code with numeric values

//Enable error result code with verbose (string)


values

OK
AT+CPIN=1234
+CME ERROR: SIM not inserted

2.22. AT+CSCS
AT+CSCS

Select TE Character Set

Select TE Character Set

Test Command
AT+CSCS=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+CSCS: (list of supported <chset>s)

Confidential / Released

30 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Read Command
AT+CSCS?

Response
+CSCS: <chset>
OK

Write Command
AT+CSCS=<chset>

Response
Set character set <chset> which is used by the TE. The TA
can then convert character strings correctly between the TE
and ME character sets.
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<chset>

"GSM"
"HEX"
"IRA"
"PCCP437"
"UCS2"
"8859-1"

Example
AT+CSCS?
+CSCS: "GSM"

300ms

GSM default alphabet


Character strings consist only of hexadecimal numbers from 00 to FF
International reference alphabet
PC character set Code
UCS2 alphabet
ISO 8859 Latin 1 character set

OK
AT+CSCS="UCS2"
OK
AT+CSCS?
+CSCS: "UCS2"
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

//Query the current character set

//Set the character set to UCS2

Confidential / Released

31 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

2.23. AT+GCAP Request Complete TA Capabilities List


AT+GCAP Request Complete TA Capabilities List
Test Command
AT+GCAP=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+GCAP

Response
TA reports a list of additional capabilities.
+GCAP: <name>
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<name>

+CGSM
+FCLASS

300ms

GSM function is supported


FAX function is supported

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

32 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Serial Interface Control Commands

3.1. AT&C
AT&C

Set DCD Function Mode

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Set DCD Function Mode

Execution Command
AT&C[<value>]

Response
This parameter determines how the state of circuit 109 (DCD)
relates to the detection of received line signal from the distant
end.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<value>

0
1

3.2. AT&D
AT&D

DCD line is always ON


DCD line is ON only in the presence of data carrier

Set DTR Function Mode

Set DTR Function Mode

Execution Command
AT&D[<value>]

Response
This parameter determines how the TA responds when circuit
108/2(DTR) is changed from the ON to the OFF condition
during data mode.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

33 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<value>

0
1
2

3.3. AT+ICF
AT+ICF

TA ignores status on DTR


ON->OFF on DTR: Change to command mode with remaining the connected call
ON->OFF on DTR: Disconnect data call, change to command mode. During state
DTR=OFF auto-answer is off

Set TE-TA Control Character Framing

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Set TE-TA Control Character Framing

Test Command
AT+ICF=?

Response
+ICF: (list of supported <format>s), (list of supported
<parity>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+ICF?

Response
+ICF: <format>,<parity>
OK

Write Command
AT+ICF=[<format>,[<parity>]]

Response
This parameter setting determines the serial interface
character framing format and parity received by TA from TE.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<format>

<parity>

1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3

8 data 0 parity 2 stop


8 data 1 parity 1 stop
8 data 0 parity 1 stop
7 data 0 parity 2 stop
7 data 1 parity 1 stop
7 data 0 parity 1 stop
Odd
Even
Mark
Space

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

34 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTES
1.
2.

The command is applied for command state.


The <parity> field is ignored if the <format> field specifies no parity.

3.4. AT+IFC
AT+IFC

Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control

Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Test Command
AT+IFC=?5 seconds

Response
+IFC: (list of supported <dce_by_dte>s), (list of supported
<dte_by_dce>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+IFC?

Response
+IFC: <dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>
OK

Write Command
AT+IFC=<dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>

Response
This parameter setting determines the data flow control on
the serial interface for data mode.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<dce_by_dte>

<dte_by_dce>

Specifies the method will be used by TE when receiving data from TA


0
None
1
XON/XOFF, do not pass characters on to data stack
2
RTS flow control
Specifies the method will be used by TA when receiving data from TE
0
None
1
XON/XOFF
2
CTS flow control

NOTE
This flow control is applied for data mode.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

35 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Example
AT+IFC=2,2
OK
AT+IFC?
+IFC: 2,2

//Open the hardware flow control

OK

3.5. AT+ILRR

Set TE-TA Local Data Rate Reporting Mode

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+ILRR Set TE-TA Local Data Rate Reporting Mode


Test Command
AT+ILRR=?

Response
+ILRR: (list of supported <value>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+ILRR?

Response
+ILRR: <value>
OK

Write Command
AT+ILRR=[<value>]

Response
This parameter setting determines whether or not an
intermediate result code of local rate is reported when the
connection is established. The rate is applied after the final
result code of the connection is transmitted to TE.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<value>

0
1

Disables reporting of local port rate


Enables reporting of local port rate

NOTE
If the <value> is set to 1, the following intermediate result will come out on connection to indicate the port
rate settings.
+ILRR:<rate>
<rate>
Port rate setting on call connection in Baud per second

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

36 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

300
1200
2400
4800
9600
14400
19200
28800
38400
57600
115200

3.6. AT+IPR

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate

AT+IPR Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate


Test Command
AT+IPR=?

Response
+IPR: (list of supported auto detectable <rate>s),(list of
supported fixed-only<rate>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+IPR?

Response
+IPR: <rate>
OK

Write Command
AT+ IPR=<rate>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

Response
This parameter setting determines the data rate of the TA on
the serial interface. After the delivery of any result code
associated with the current command line, the rate of
command takes effect.
OK
300ms

Parameter
<rate>

Baud rate per second


0 (Autobauding)
75
150

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

37 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

300
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
14400
19200
28800
38400
57600
115200

NOTES
1.
2.

3.
4.
5.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

The default configuration of AT+IPR is adaptive baud enabled (AT+IPR=0).


If a fixed baud rate is set, make sure that both TE (DTE, usually external processor) and TA (DCE,
Quectel GSM module) are configured to the same rate. If adaptive baud is enabled, the TA could
automatically recognize the baud rate currently used by the TE after receiving AT or at string.
The value of AT+IPR cannot be restored with AT&F and ATZ, but it is still storable with AT&W and
visible in AT&V.
In multiplex mode, the baud rate cannot be changed by the write command AT+IPR=<rate>, and the
setting is invalid and not stored even if AT&W is executed after the write command.
A selected baud rate takes effect after the write commands are executed and acknowledged by OK.

Example
AT+IPR=115200
OK
AT&W

OK
AT+IPR?
+IPR: 115200

//Set fixed baud rate to 115200

//Store current setting, that is, the serial


communication speed is 115200 after restart
module

OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

38 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

3.6.1. Adaptive Baud


To take advantage of adaptive baud mode, specific attention must be paid to the following requirements:
1.

Adaptive baud synchronization between TE and TA.


Ensure that TE and TA are correctly synchronized and the baud rate used by the TE is detected
by the TA. To allow the baud rate to be synchronized simply use an AT or at string. This is
necessary after customer activates adaptive baud or when customer starts up the module with
adaptive baud enabled.
It is recommended to wait for 2 to 3 seconds before sending the first AT or at string after the
module is started up with adaptive baud enabled. Otherwise undefined characters might be
returned.

2.

Restriction on adaptive baud operation.


The serial interface shall be used with 8 data bits, no parity and 1 stop bit (factory setting).
The command A/ cant be used.
Only the string AT or at can be detected (either AT or at).
URCs that may be issued before the TA detects a new baud rate by receiving the first AT
character, and they will be sent at the previously detected baud rate.
If TEs baud rate is changed after TA has recognized the earlier baud rate, loss of
synchronization between TE and TA would be encountered and an AT or at string must be
re-sent by TE to regain synchronization on baud rate. To avoid undefined characters during
baud rate resynchronization and the possible malfunction of resynchronization, it is not
recommended to switch TEs baud rate when adaptive baud is enabled. Especially, this
operation is forbidden in data mode.

3.

Adaptive baud and baud rate after restarting.


In the adaptive baud mode, the detected baud rate is not saved. Therefore, resynchronization is
required after restarting the module.
Unless the baud rate is determined, an incoming CSD call cant be accepted. This must be taken
into account when adaptive baud and auto-answer mode (ATS00) are enabled at the same
time, especially if SIM PIN 1 authentication is done automatically and the setting ATS00 is
stored to the user profile with AT&W.
Until the baud rate is synchronized, URCs after restarting will not be output when adaptive baud
is enabled.

4.

Adaptive baud and multiplex mode.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

If adaptive baud is active it is not recommended to switch to multiplex mode.


5.

Adaptive baud and Windows modem.


The baud rate used by Windows modem can be detected while setting up a dial-up GPRS/CSD
connection. However, some Windows modem drivers switch TEs baud rate to default value
automatically after the GPRS call is terminated. In order to prevent no response to the Windows

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

39 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

modem when it happens, it is not recommended to establish the dial-up GPRS/CSD connection
in adaptive baud mode.
Based on the same considerations, it is also not recommended to establish the FAX connection
in adaptive baud mode for PC FAX application, such as WinFax.

NOTE
To assure reliable communication and avoid any problem caused by undetermined baud rate between
DCE and DTE, it is strongly recommended to configure a fixed baud rate and save it instead of using
adaptive baud after start-up.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

3.7. AT+CMUX
AT+CMUX

Multiplexer Control

Multiplexer Control

Test Command
AT+CMUX=?

Response
+CMUX: (list of supported <mode>s), (<subset>s),
(<port_speed>s),(<N1>s),(<T1>s),(<N2>s),(<T2>s),(<T3>s),
(<k>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CMUX?

Response
+CMUX:<mode>,0,5,127,10,3,30,10,2
OK
ERROR

Write Command
AT+CMUX=[<mode>[,<subset>[,<port
_speed>[,<N1>[,<T1>[,<N2>[,<T2>[,<T
3>[,<k>]]]]]]]]]

Response
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<mode>
<subset>
<port_speed>

Multiplexer transparency mechanism


0
Basic option
The way by which the multiplexer control channel is set up
0
UIH frames used only
Transmission rate

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

40 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<N1>
<T1>
<N2>
<T2>
<T3>
<k>

NOTES
1.
2.
3.

5
115200bit/s
Maximum frame size
127
Acknowledgement timer in a unit of ten milliseconds
10
Maximum number of re-transmissions
3
Response timer for the multiplexer control channel in a unit of ten milliseconds
30
Wake up response timers in seconds
10
Window size, for Advanced operation with Error Recovery options
2

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Advanced option with Error Recovery options is not supported.


The multiplexing transmission rate is fixed according to the current serial baud rate. It is
recommended to enable multiplexing protocol under 115200 bit/s baudrate.
Multiplexer control channels are listed as follows:
Channel Number
Type
DLCI
None
Multiplexer Control
0
1
07.07 and 07.05
1
2
07.07 and 07.05
2
3
07.07 and 07.05
3
4
07.07 and 07.05
4

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

41 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Status Control Commands

4.1. AT+CEER

Extended Error Report

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CEER Extended Error Report


Test Command
AT+CEER=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+CEER

Response
TA returns an extended report of the reason for the last call
release.
+CEER: <locationID>,<cause>
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<locationID>
<cause>

Example
AT+CEER
+CEER: 0,0

300ms

Location ID as number code. Location IDs are listed in Section 8.3.1.


Each ID is related with anther table that contains a list of <cause>s.
Reason for last call release as number code. The number codes are listed in
several tables, sorted by different categories. The tables can be found proceeding
from the Location ID given in Section 8.3.1

//Query error reporting in normal state, return No error

OK
ATD10086;
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"10086",129,""

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

42 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
NO CARRIER
AT+CEER

//Established a call and the remote party hangs up the call


//Query error reporting, the <locationID>=1 means Cause
for protocol stack (PS) layer, <cause>=16 means
Normal call clearing

+CEER: 1,16
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

4.2. AT+CPAS
AT+CPAS

Mobile Equipment Activity Status

Mobile Equipment Activity Status

Test Command
AT+CPAS=?

Response
+CPAS: (list of supported <pas>s)
OK

Execution Command
AT+CPAS

Response
TA returns the activity status of ME.
+CPAS: <pas>
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<pas>

0
2
3
4

300ms

Ready
Unknown (ME is not guaranteed to respond to instructions)
Ringing
Call in progress or call hold

Example
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 0

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

//Module is idle

Confidential / Released

43 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
ATD10086;
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,3,0,0,"10086",129,""
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 3

//Module is incoming call (ringing)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"10086",129,""
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 4
OK

4.3. AT+QINDRI

//Call in progress

Indicate RI When Using URC

AT+QINDRI Indicate RI When Using URC


Test Command
AT+QINDRI=?

Response
+QINDRI: (list of supported <status>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QINDRI?

Response
+QINDRI: <status>
OK

Write Command
AT+QINDRI=<status>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

44 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<status>

0
1

Off
On

4.4. AT+QMOSTAT
AT+QMOSTAT

Show State of Mobile Originated Call

Show State of Mobile Originated Call

Test Command
AT+QMOSTAT=?

Response
+QMOSTAT: (list of supported <mode>s)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Read Command
AT+QMOSTAT?

Response
+QMOSTAT: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QMOSTAT=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

Example

0
1

Do not show call state of mobile originated call


Show call state of mobile originated call. After dialing call numbers, the URC
strings of MO RING will be sent if the other call side is alerted and the URC strings
of MO CONNECTED will be sent if the call is established

AT+QMOSTAT=1
OK
ATD10086;
OK

//Show call state of mobile originated call

MO RING

//The other call side is alerted

MO CONNECTED

//The call is established

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

45 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

4.5. AT+QREFUSECS Configure Refuse Received SMS or Incoming CALL


AT+QREFUSECS

Configure Refuse Received SMS or Incoming CALL

Test Command
AT+QREFUSECS=?

Response
+QREFUSECS: (list of supported <refuse_sms>s)[,(list of
supported <refuse_call>s)]
OK

Read Command
AT+QREFUSECS?

Response
+QREFUSECS: <refuse_sms>,<refuse_call>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+QREFUSECS=<refuse_sms>[,<ref
use_call>]

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
Quectel

Parameter
<refuse_sms>
<refuse_call>

0
1
0
1

4.6. AT+QIURC

Received the new SMS


Refuse received the new SMS
Received the incoming call
Refuse received the incoming call

Enable or Disable Initial URC Presentation

AT+QIURC Enable or Disable Initial URC Presentation


Test Command
AT+QIURC=?

Response
+QIURC: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QIURC?

Response
+QIURC: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QIURC=<mode>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK

Confidential / Released

46 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

ERROR
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

NOTE

0
1

Disable URC presentation


Enable URC presentation

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

When the module powers on and initialization procedure is over. URC "Call Ready" will be presented if
<mode> is 1.

4.7. AT+QEXTUNSOL Enable/Disable Proprietary Unsolicited


Indications

AT+QEXTUNSOL Enable/Disable Proprietary Unsolicited Indications


Test Command
AT+QEXTUNSOL=?

Response
+QEXTUNSOL: (list of supported <extunsol>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+QEXTUNSOL=<exunsol>,<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter

<extunsol> String type. Values currently reserved by the present document


"SQ"
Signal Quality Report. Displays signal strength and channel bit error rate (similar
to AT+CSQ) in form +CSQN: <rssi>, <ber>when values change.
"FN"
Forbidden network available only. When returning to a non-registered state, this
indicates whether all the available PLMNs are forbidden.
"MW" SMS Message waiting. On receiving an SMS (as indicated by the +CMTI

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

47 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

"UR"

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

"BC"

"BM"
"SM"

"CC"

<mode>

0
1
2

indication) the SMS is decoded and checked to see if it contains one or more of
the message waiting indications (i.e. voicemail, email, fax etc). If so, an unsolicited
indication is shown in the form for each message type:
+QMWT: <store>,<index>,<voice>,<fax>,<email>,<other>. Where <store>
is the message store containing the SM, index is the message index and <voice>,
<email>, <fax>, <other> contain the number of waiting messages (with 0
defined as clear indication, non-zero for one or more waiting messages) or blank
for not specified in this message.
Unsolicited result code. Produces an unsolicited indication in the following call
state transition. Multiple notifications may occur for the same transition +QGURC:
<event>. Where <event> describes the current call state:
<event>:
0 Terminated active call, at least one held call remaining
1 Attempt to make an Mobile Originated call
2 Mobile Originated Call has failed for some reason
3 Mobile Originated call is ringing
4 Mobile Terminated call is queued (Call waiting)
5 Mobile Originated Call now has been connected
6 Mobile Originated or Mobile Terminated call has been disconnected
7 Mobile Originated or Mobile Terminated call hung up.
8 Mobile Originated call dialed a non-emergency number in emergency
mode
9 No answer for Mobile Originated Call
10 Remote number busy for Mobile Originated Call
Battery Charge. Displays battery connection status and battery charge level
(similar to AT+CBC) in form +CBCN:<bcs>,<bcl> when values change.
Band mode. Displays band mode (similar to AT+QBAND) in form +QBAND:
<band> when value changes.
Additional SMS Information. Displays additional information about SMS events in
the form of Unsolicited messages of the following format +TSMSINFO: <CMS
error info> where <CMS error info> is a standard CMS error in the format
defined by the AT+CMEE command i.e. either a number or a string.
Call information. Displays the disconnected call ID and the remaining call
numbers after one of the call is disconnected. +CCINFO: <Call id
disconnected>,<Remain calls>
Disable
Enable
Query

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

48 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

4.8. AT+QINISTAT
AT+QINISTAT

Query State of Initialization

Query State of Initialization

Test Command
AT+QINISTAT=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+QINISTAT

Response
+QINISTAT: <state>
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<state>

NOTE

0
1
2
3

300ms

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
No initialization
Ready to execute AT command
Phonebook has finished initialization
SMS has finished initialization

When <state> is 3, it also means initialization of SIM card related functions has finished.

4.9. AT+QNSTATUS

Query GSM Network Status

AT+QNSTATUS Query GSM Network Status


Test Command
AT+QNSTATUS=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+QNSTATUS

Response
+QNSTATUS: <status>
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

300ms

Confidential / Released

49 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Reference

Parameter
<status>

255
0
1
2

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

4.10. AT+QNITZ
AT+QNITZ

Not ready to retrieve network status


Work in normal state
No available cell
Only limited service is available

Network Time Synchronization

Network Time Synchronization

Test Command
AT+QNITZ=?

Response
+QNITZ: (list of supported <enable>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QNITZ?

Response

+QNITZ: <enable>
OK

Write Command
AT+QNITZ=<enable>

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<enable>

<time>

<ds>

300ms

0
Disable to synchronize time from GSM network
1
Enable to synchronize time from GSM network
If the function is enabled, on receiving network time message, an unsolicited indication
is shown in the form: +QNITZ: <time>,<ds>
String type value. Format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz,ds", where characters indicate
year (two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates
the difference, expressed in quarters of an hour, between the local time and GMT;
range: -47...+48). E.g. 6th of May 2004, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours
Daylight Saving Time. It is zero equal to "04/05/06,22:10:00+08,0"

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

50 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTE
This function needs support of local GSM network. And the unsolicited also can be read by AT+QLTS
command later.

4.11. AT+QLTS
AT+QLTS

Obtain Latest Network Time Synchronized

Obtain Latest Network Time Synchronized

Test Command
AT+QLTS=?

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+QLTS

Response

+QLTS: <time>,<ds>
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Execution Command returns latest time for Network


synchronization.

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<time>

300ms

String type value. Format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz", where characters indicate


year (two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates
the difference, expressed in quarters of an hour, between the local time and GMT;
range: -47...+48). E.g. 6th of May 2004, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours.
Daylight Saving Time. It is zero equals to "04/05/06,22:10:00+08,0"

<ds>

4.12. AT+CTZU

Network Time Synchronization and Update the RTC

Time
AT+CTZU

Network Time Synchronization and Update the RTC Time

Test Command
AT+CTZU=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+CTZU: (list of supported <mode>s)

Confidential / Released

51 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Read Command
AT+CTZU?

Response
+CTZU: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+CTZU=<mode>

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<mode>

0
1
2
3
4

NOTE

300ms

Disable automatic update RTC time via NITZ.


Update network synchronized time to RTC and save time zone into NVRAM.
Update GMT time with time zone to RTC, save time zone into NVRAM, ignore
daylight saving time.
Update localized time and time zone to RTC, and save time zone into NVRAM.
Same with <mode>=2

This function needs support of local GSM network. After setting the AT+CTZU, the value will be
automatically saved into flash. After the module is restarted, it can also take effect.

4.13. AT+CTZR
AT+CTZR

Network Time Synchronization Report

Network Time Synchronization Report

Test Command
AT+CTZR=?

Response
+CTZR: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CTZR?

Response
+CTZR: <mode>
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

52 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Write Command
AT+CTZR=<mode>

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

0
1
2

NOTE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Disable time zone change event reporting
Enable time zone change event reporting by unsolicited result code +CTZV: <tz>
Enable extended time zone reporting by unsolicited result code
+CTZE: <tz>,<dst>,[<time>]

This function needs support of local GSM network. After setting the AT+CTZU, the value will be
automatically saved into flash. After the module is restarted, it can take effect.

4.14. AT+QSIMDET Switch on or off Detecting SIM Card


AT+QSIMDET

Switch on or off Detecting SIM Card

Test Command
AT+QSIMDET=?

Response
+QSIMDET: (list of supported <enable>s), (list of supported
<insert_level>s), (list of supported <pin_choice>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QSIMDET?

Response
+QSIMDET: <enable>,<insert_level>,<pin_choice>
OK

Write Command
AT+QSIMDET=<enable>,<insert_level
>,<pin_choice>

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

+CME ERROR: <err>

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

53 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<enable>

<insert_level>

<pin_choice>

NOTES

Configure whether to open the SIM detection function


0
Switch off
1
Switch on
Configure Pin level when SIM card inserted
0
Low level
1
High level
Configuration SIM card detection pin
0
Configure SIM_PRESENCE as SIM card detection pin
1
Configure DTR as SIM card detection pin

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

1. This command can be saved by AT&W.


2. The pin of SIM_PRESENCE and DTR are multiplexed in M95, and M95 only supports DTR pin as
SIMCARD detection pin. If turn on the SIM detection function, <pin_choice> must be 1 in M95.

4.15. AT+QSIMSTAT
AT+QSIMSTAT

SIM Inserted Status Reporting

SIM Inserted Status Reporting

Test Command
AT+QSIMSTAT=?

Response

+QSIMSTAT: (list of supported <enable>s)


OK

Read Command
AT+QSIMSTAT?

Response
+QSIMSTAT: <enable>,<insert_status>
OK

Write Command
AT+QSIMSTAT=<enable>

Response
OK

+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<enable>

Indicates whether to show an unsolicited event code that indicates whether the
SIM has just been inserted or removed

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

54 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

0
Switch off detecting SIM card
1
Switch on detecting SIM card
Indicates whether SIM card has been inserted
0
Low level of pin indicates SIM card is present
1
High level of pin indicates SIM card is present

<insert_status>

NOTE
This command can be saved by AT&W.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

4.16. AT+QCGTIND Circuit Switched Call or GPRS PDP Context


Termination Indication
AT+QCGTIND

Circuit Switched Call or GPRS PDP Context Termination Indication

Test Command
AT+QCGTIND=?

Response
+QCGTIND: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QCGTIND?

Response
+QCGTIND: <n>
OK

Write Command
AT+QCGTIND=<n>

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
Quectel

300ms

Parameter
<n>

A numeric parameter which indicates whether to enable an unsolicited event code indicating
whether a circuit switched voice call, circuit switched data call or GPRS session has been
terminated
0
Disable
1
Enable

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

55 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<type>

Connection type
0
Circuit switched voice call
1
Circuit switched data call
2
PPP connection

NOTE
When enabled, an unsolicited result code is returned after the connection has been terminated
+QCGTIND: <type>.

Example
ATD10086;
OK
+QCGTIND: 0
NO CARRIER

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//A circuit switched voice call has been terminated

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

56 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

SIM Related Commands

5.1. AT+CIMI

Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)


Test Command
AT+CIMI=?

Execution Command
AT+CIMI

Response
OK

Response
TA returns <IMSI>for identifying the individual SIM which is
attached to ME.
<IMSI>
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<IMSI>

Example

300ms

International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string without double quotes)

AT+CIMI
460023210226023

//Query IMSI number of SIM which is attached to ME

OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

57 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

5.2. AT+CLCK
AT+CLCK

Facility Lock

Facility Lock

Test Command
AT+CLCK=?

Response
+CLCK: (list of supported <fac>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>[,<passwd>[
,<class>]]

Response
This command is used to lock, unlock or interrogate a ME or a
network facility <fac>. Password is normally needed to do
such actions. When querying the status of a network service
(<mode>=2) the response line for not active case
(<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active
for any <class>.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If <mode><>2 and command is successful:
OK
If <mode>=2 and command is successful:
+CLCK: <status>[,<class1>[<CR><LF>
+CLCK: <status>, class2....]]
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<fac>

"PS"

"SC"

"AO"
"OI"
"OX"
"AI"
"IR"
"AB"
"AG"

5s

PH-SIM (lock Phone to SIM card) (ME asks password when other than current
SIM card inserted; ME may remember certain amount of previously used cards
thus not requiring password when they are inserted)
SIM (lock SIM card) (SIM asks password in ME power-up and when this lock
command is issued)
BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country) (refer to
GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 2)
BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country) (refer
to GSM02.88 [6] clause 2)
All Barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19]) (applicable only for <mode>=0)
All out Going barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19])(applicable only for

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

58 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<mode>

<passwd>
<class>

<status>

Example

<mode>=0)
"AC"
All in Coming barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19])(applicable only for
<mode>=0)
"FD"
SIM fixed dialing memory: If the mobile is locked to "FD", only the phone numbers
stored to the "FD" memory can be dialed
"PF"
Lock Phone to the very first SIM card
"PN"
Network Personalization (refer to GSM 02.22)
"PU"
Network subset Personalization (refer to GSM 02.22)
"PP"
Service Provider Personalization (refer to GSM 02.22)
"PC"
Corporate Personalization (refer to GSM 02.22)
0
Unlock
1
Lock
2
Query status
Password
1
Voice
2
Data
4
FAX
7
All telephony except SMS (Default)
8
Short message service
16
Data circuit sync
32
Data circuit async
0
Off
1
On

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CLCK="SC", 2
+CLCK: 0

OK
AT+CLCK="SC",1,"1234"
OK
AT+CLCK="SC",2
+CLCK: 1
OK
AT+CLCK="SC",0,"1234"
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

//Query the status of SIM card lock, 0-unlock

//Lock SIM card, the password is 1234

//Query the status of SIM card lock, 1-lock

//Unlock SIM card

Confidential / Released

59 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

5.3. AT+CPIN

Enter PIN

AT+CPIN Enter PIN


Test Command
AT+CPIN=?

Response
OK

Read Command
AT+CPIN?

Response
TA returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether or not
some password is required.
+CPIN: <code>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+CPIN=<pin>[, <new pin>]

Response
TA stores a password which is necessary before it can be
operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.). If the PIN is
to be entered twice, the TA shall automatically repeat the PIN.
If no PIN request is pending, no action is taken and an error
message, +CME ERROR, is returned to TE.
If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the second pin
is required. This second pin, <new pin>, is used to replace
the old pin in the SIM
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<code>

<pin>
<new pin>

5s

READY
SIM PIN
SIM PUK
PH_SIM PIN
PH_SIM PUK
SIM PIN2

No further entry needed


ME is waiting for SIM PIN
ME is waiting for SIM PUK
ME is waiting for phone to SIM card (antitheft)
ME is waiting for SIM PUK (antitheft)
PIN2, e.g. it is possible to edit the FDN book only if preceding command
was acknowledged with +CME ERROR:17
SIM PUK2
Possible only if preceding command was acknowledged with error
+CME ERROR: 18
String type; password
String type; If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIMPUK2: new password

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

60 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Example
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN

//Query PIN code is locked

OK
AT+CPIN=1234
+CPIN: READY

//PIN

OK
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY

//PIN has already been entered

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

OK
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PUK

//Query PUK code is locked

OK
AT+CPIN="26601934","1234"
+CPIN: READY
OK
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
OK

5.4. AT+CPWD

//Enter PUK and new PIN password

//PUK has already been entered

Change Password

AT+CPWD Change Password


Test Command
AT+CPWD=?

Response
TA returns a list of pairs which present the available facilities
and the maximum length of their password.
+CPWD: (list of supported <fac>s), (<pwdlength>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd
>

Response
TA sets a new password for the facility lock function.
OK

Maximum Response Time

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

5s

Confidential / Released

61 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<fac>

"PS"

Phone locked to SIM (device code). The "PS" password may either be individually
specified by the client or, depending on the subscription, supplied from the
provider (e.g. with a prepaid mobile)
"SC"
SIM (lock SIM card) (SIM asks password in ME power-up and when this lock
Command issued)
"AO"
BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
"OI"
BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
"OX"
BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country) (refer to
GSM02.88[6] clause 1)
"AI"
BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls) (refer to GSM02.88[6] clause 2)
"IR"
BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country) (refer
to GSM02.88 [6] clause 2)
"AB"
All Barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19]) (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG"
All outgoing barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19]) (applicable only for
<mode>=0
"AC"
All incoming barring services (refer to GSM02.30[19]) (applicable only for
<mode>=0)
"FD"
SIM fixed dialing memory feature
"P2"
SIM PIN2
<pwdlength>Integer. Max. length of password
<oldpwd>
Password specified for the facility from the user interface or with command
<newpwd> New password

Example
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

OK
AT+CPWD="SC","1234","4321"
OK
AT+CPIN?

//Change SIM card password to 4321

//Restart module or re-activate the SIM card, query PIN


code is locked

+CPIN: SIM PIN


OK
AT+CPIN="4321"
+CPIN: READY

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

//PIN must be entered to define a new password 4321

Confidential / Released

62 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK

5.5. AT+CRSM

Restricted SIM Access

AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access


Test Command
AT+CRSM=?

Response
OK

Write Command
AT+CRSM=<Command>[,<fileId>[,<P
1>,<P2>,<P3>[,<data>]]]

Response
+CRSM: <sw1>, <sw2> [,<response>]

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<Command>

300ms

176
READ BINARY
178
READ RECORD
192
GET RESPONSE
214
UPDATE BINARY
220
UPDATE RECORD
242
STATUS
All other values are reserved; refer to GSM 11.11
<fileId>
Integer type; this is the identifier for an elementary data file on SIM. Mandatory for
every Command except STATUS
<P1>,<P2>,<P3> Integer type; parameters passed on by the ME to the SIM. These parameters are
mandatory for every command, except GET RESPONSE and STATUS. The values
are described in GSM 11.11
<data>
Information which shall be written to the SIM (hexadecimal character format)
<sw1>,<sw2>
Integer type; information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command.
These parameters are delivered to the TE in both cases, on successful or failed
execution of the command
<response>
Response of a successful completion of the command previously issued (hexadecimal
character format). STATUS and GET RESPONSE return data, which gives information
about the current elementary data field. This information includes the type of file and its
size (refer to GSM 11.11). After READ BINARY or READ RECORD command the
requested data will be returned. The parameter is not returned after a successful
UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

63 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Example
AT+CRSM=242
+CRSM: 145, 211, "000000007F100200000000000A13000C0400838A808A"
OK

//<sw1>=145,<sw2>=211,"000000007F100200000000000
A13000C0400838A808A" which is the command
previously return data, refer to GSM 11.11

5.6. AT+CSIM

Generic SIM Access

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CSIM Generic AIM Access


Test Command
AT+CSIM=?

Response
OK

Write Command
AT+CSIM=<length>,<command>

Response
+CSIM: <length>,<response>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<length>
<command>
<response>

300ms

Integer type; length of characters sent to the TE in <command> or <response>(i.e.


twice the number of octets in the raw data)
String type(string should be included in quotation marks);
hex format:GSM11.11 SIM Command sent from the ME to the SIM
String type(string should be included in quotation marks);
hex format: GSM11.11 SIM Command sent from the SIM to <command>

5.7. AT+QCSPWD

Change PS Super Password

AT+QCSPWD

Change PS Super Password

Test Command
AT+QCSPWD=?

Response
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

64 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Write Command
AT+QCSPWD=<oldpwd>,<newpwd>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<oldpwd>
<newpwd>

NOTES
1.
2.

String type. Old password and length should be 8


String type. New password and length should be 8

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Default value of <oldpwd> is "12345678".


If the module is locked to a specific SIM card through +CLCK and password lost or SIM state is
PH-SIM PUK, you can use the super password to unlock it.

5.8. AT+QCCID

Show ICCID

AT+QCCID Show ICCID


Test Command
AT+QCCID=?

Execution Command
AT+QCCID

Response
OK
Response
ccid data
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Example

AT+QCCID
898600220909A0206023

300ms

//Query ICCID of the SIM card

OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

65 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

5.9. AT+CCID

Show CCID

AT+CCID Show CCID


Test Command
AT+CCID=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+CCID

Response
+CCID: <ccid data>
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
Quectel

Parameter

300ms

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

<ccid data> CCID number for the current SIM card.

Example

AT+CCID
+CCID: 898600220909A0206023
OK

5.10. AT+QGID

//Query CCID of the SIM card

Get SIM Card Group Identifier

AT+QGID Get SIM Card Group Identifier


Execution Command
AT+QGID

Response
+QGID: <gid1> <gid2>
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

66 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<gid1>
<gid2>

Integer type of SIM card group identifier 1


Integer type of SIM card group identifier 2

NOTE
If the SIM supports GID files, the GID values are retuned. Otherwise 0xff is retuned.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

5.11. AT+QSIMVOL Select SIM Card Operating Voltage


AT+QSIMVOL Select SIM Card Operating Voltage
Test Command
AT+QSIMVOL=?

Response
+QSIMVOL: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QSIMVOL?

Response
+QSIMVOL: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QSIMVOL=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

0
1
2

Recognize 1.8V and 3.0V SIM card (Default)


Recognize 1.8V SIM card only
Recognize 3.0V SIM card only

NOTE
AT+QSIMVOL can take effect only when the command is set successfully and the module is restarted.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

67 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

5.12. AT+QSPN

Get Service Provider Name from SIM

AT+QSPN Get Service Provider Name from SIM


Read Command
AT+QSPN?

Response
+QSPN: (<spn>s), (list of supported <display mode>s)
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

<spn>
<display mode>

NOTE

300ms

String type; service provider name on SIM


0
Do not display PLMN. Already registered on PLMN
1
Display PLMN

CME errors are possible if SIM is not inserted.

5.13. AT+QTRPIN
AT+QTRPIN

Times Remain to Input SIM PIN/PUK

Times Remain to Input SIM PIN/PUK

Execution Command
AT+QTRPIN

Response
Times remain to input SIM PIN.
+QTRPIN: <chv1>,<chv2>,<puk1>,<puk2>
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference

300ms

Parameter
<chv1>
<chv2>

Times remain to input chv1


Times remain to input chv2

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

68 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<puk1>
<puk2>

Times remain to input puk1


Times remain to input puk2

5.14. AT+QDSIM

Dual SIM Switch

Select the working SIM slot and DCD function disable.

AT+QDSIM

Dual SIM Switch

Test Command
AT+QDSIM=?

Response
+QDSIM: (list of supported <simslot>s),(list of supported
<dcddis>s)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Read Command
AT+QDSIM?

Response
+QDSIM: <simslot>,<dcddis>
OK

Write Command
AT+QDSIM=<simslot>[,<dcddis>]

Reference

Parameter
<simslot>

<dcddis>

NOTE

Response
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

SIM card slot


0 Select SIM card in slot 1, which is default value
1 Select SIM card in slot 2
DCD function disable
0 DCD function enable, which is default value
1 DCD function disable

Automatically saved into NVRAM after setting successfully.

Example 1
//The module factory default of SIM2_RST pin is the DCD function, the default is GPIO high level, VSIM2
output is 2.8V.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

69 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

AT+QDSIM?
+QDSIM: 0,0

//Query current SIM card slot.


//The default SIM card is SIM1, the DCD function is valid.

OK
AT+QDSIM=0,1
OK

//Configuration SIM1,and Disable the DCD function, VSIM2 output voltage Close.

Example 2
AT+QDSIM?
+QDSIM: 0,1

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Query current SIM card slot.
//The current SIM card is SIM1 and DCD function was disabled.

//Prepare to switch to another SIM card.


AT+CFUN=0
+CPIN: NOT READY
OK
AT+QDSIM=1,1
OK
AT+CFUN=1
OK
+CPIN: READY
Call Ready

Example 3

//Set phone to Minimum functionality.

//Switch to SIM card in SIM slot 2 and disable DCD function.


//Set phone to Full functionality.

//SIM card switch successfully.

//The module factory default of SIM2_RSTpin is the DCD functionthe default is GPIO high level,VSIM2
output is 2.8V.
AT+QDSIM?
+QDSIM: 0,1

//Query current SIM card slot.


//The current SIM card is SIM1 and the DCD function was disabled.

OK
AT+QDSIM=1,1
//Switch to SIM card in SIM slot 2 and disable DCD function.
OK
//Restart the module and switch to SIM2 in slot 2.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

70 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Network Service Commands

6.1. AT+COPS
AT+COPS

Operator Selection

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Operator Selection

Test Command
AT+COPS=?

Response
TA returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an
operator present in the network. Any of the formats may be
unavailable and should then be an empty field. The list of
operators shall be in order: home network, networks
referenced in SIM and other networks.
+COPS: (list of supported<stat>, long alphanumeric <oper>,
short alphanumeric <oper>, numeric <oper>s)[,,(list of
supported <mode>s),(list of supported <format>s)]
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Read Command
AT+COPS?

Response
TA returns the current mode and the currently selected
operator. If no operator is selected, <format> and <oper> are
omitted.
+COPS: <mode>[,<format>[,<oper>]]
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Write Command
AT+COPS=<mode>[,<format>[,<oper
>]]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
TA forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network
operator. If the selected operator is not available, no other
operator shall be selected (except <mode>=4). The format of
selected operator name shall apply to further read commands
(+COPS?).

Confidential / Released

71 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time

75s, determined by network.

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<stat>

<oper>
<mode>

<format>

NOTES
1.

2.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

0
Unknown
1
Operator available
2
Operator current
3
Operator forbidden
Operator in format as per <mode>
0
Automatic mode; <oper> field is ignored
1
Manual operator selection; <oper> field shall be present
2
Manual deregister from network
3
Set only <format> (for read Command +COPS?) not shown in Read Command
response
4
Manual/automatic selected; if manual selection fails, automatic mode
(<mode>=0) is entered
0
Long format alphanumeric <oper>; can be up to 16 characters long
1
Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2
Numeric <oper>; GSM Location Area Identification number

This command to choose and register the GSM network operator. The setting of <mode> allows to
ME determine whether auto-matic or manual network selection shall be used.
When <mode>=0, the ME searches for the operator which shall be used automatically.
When <mode>=1, the ME force to register selection <oper>. If the <oper> is invalid, the ME
remains unregistered, until <mode>=0, the ME can register. If restart module, ME is still under
<mode>=1 and there is no RPLMN, ME will also be un-registration network condition, until
changed using the command to automatic registration mode.
When <mode>=4, if the ME fails to register to this operator, then it starts to select another
operator automatically.
This command setting is saved to NVRAM automatically.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

72 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Example
AT+COPS=?
//List all current network operators
+COPS: (2,"CHINA MOBILE","CMCC","46000"),(3,"CHINA UNICOM GSM","UNICOM","46001")
,,(0-4),(0-2)
OK
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,0,"CHINA MOBILE"

//Query the currently selected network operator

OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

6.2. AT+CREG
AT+CREG

Network Registration

Network Registration

Test Command
AT+CREG=?

Response
+CREG: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CREG?

Response
TA returns the status of result code presentation and an
integer <stat> which shows whether the network has
currently indicated the registration of the ME. Location
information elements <lac> and <ci> are returned only when
<n>=2 and ME is registered in the network.
+CREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Write Command
AT+CREG=<n>

Maximum Response Time

Response
TA controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code
+CREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the ME
network registration status.
OK
300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

73 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<n>

0
Disable network registration unsolicited result code
1
Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>
2
Enable network registration unsolicited result code with location information
0
Not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to register to
1
Registered, home network
2
Not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to register to
3
Registration denied
4
Unknown
5
Registered, roaming
String type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format
String type; two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format

<stat>

<lac>
<ci>

NOTE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Unsolicited result code


If <n>=1 and there is a change in the ME network registration status +CREG: <stat>
If <n>=2 and there is a change in the ME network registration status or a change of the network cell:
+CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]

Example
AT+CREG=1
OK
+CREG: 1
AT+CREG=2
OK

//URC reports that operator has been found


//Activates extended URC mode

+CREG: 1,"1878","0873"

6.3. AT+CSQ
AT+CSQ

//URC reports that operator has been found with location


area code and cell ID

Signal Quality Report

Signal Quality Report

Test Command
AT+CSQ=?

Response
+CSQ: (list of supported <rssi>s),(list of supported <ber>s)
OK

Execution Command

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response

Confidential / Released

74 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

AT+CSQ

+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Execution Command returns received signal strength
indication <rssi> and channel bit error rate <ber> from the
ME. Test Command returns values supported by the TA.

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<rssi>

<ber>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

0
-113dBm or less
1
-111dBm
2...30 -109... -53dBm
31
-51dBm or greater
99
Not known or not detectable
(in percent):
0...7
As RXQUAL values in the table in GSM 05.08 subclause 8.2.4
99
Not known or not detectable

Example

AT+CSQ=?
+CSQ: (0-31,99),(0-7,99)
OK
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 28,0

OK

//Query the current signal strength indication is 28 and


the bit error rate is 0

6.4. AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List


AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List
Test Command
AT+CPOL=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+CPOL: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported
<format>s)

Confidential / Released

75 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Read Command
AT+CPOL?

Response
+CPOL: <index1>,<format>,<oper1>
[<CR><LF>+CPOL: <index2>,<format>,<oper2>
[]]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

Write Command
AT+CPOL=<index>[,<format>[,<oper>
]]

Response
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<index>
<format>

<oper>

300ms

I
Integer type: order number of operator in SIM preferred operator list
0
Long format alphanumeric <oper>
1
Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2
Numeric <oper>
String type: <format> indicates either alphanumeric or numeric format is used (see +COPS
command)

NOTE

There is SIM card not allowed to edit the list of the preferred operators.

6.5. AT+COPN

Read Operator Names

AT+COPN Read Operator Names


Test Command
AT+COPN=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+COPN

Response
+COPN: <numeric1>,<alpha1 >
[<CR><LF>+COPN: <numeric2>,<alpha2>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

76 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

[]]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<numericn>
<alphan>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
String type: operator in numeric format (see +COPS)
String type: operator in long alphanumeric format (see +COPS)

6.6. AT+QBAND

Get and Set Mobile Operation Band

AT+QBAND Get and Set Mobile Operation Band


Test Command
AT+QBAND=?

Response
+QBAND: (list of supported <op_band>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QBAND?

Response
+QBAND: <op_band>
OK

Write Command
AT+QBAND=<op_band>

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference

30s, determined by network.

Parameter
<op_band>

"EGSM_MODE"
"DCS_MODE"
"PCS_MODE"
"GSM850_MODE"
"EGSM_DCS_MODE"

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

77 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

"GSM850_PCS_MODE"
"GSM850_EGSM_DCS_PCS_MODE

NOTE
The following radio setting to be updated is stored in non-volatile memory.

6.7. AT+QENG

Switch on or off Engineering Mode

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+QENG Switch on or off Engineering Mode


Test Command
AT+QENG=?

Response
+QENG: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<dump>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QENG?

Response
The corresponding information
according to <dump>.
+QENG: <mode>,<dump>

is

reported

selectively

URCs of the serving cell information:


+QENG:
0,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellid>,<bcch>,<bsic>,<dbm>,<c1
>,<c2>,<txp>,<rla>,<tch>,<ts>,<maio>,<hsn><ta>,<rxq_s
ub>,<rxq_full>
URCs of 1-6 the neighboring cell information:
[+QENG: 1,list of
(<ncell>,<bcch>,<dbm>,<bsic>,<c1>,<c2>,<mcc>,
<mnc>,<lac>,<cellid>)]
URCs of cell frequency list (CA) of the serving cell:
[+QENG: 2,list of (<arfcn>)]
BA measured result list:
[+QENG: 4,record number of the list, list of
(<bcch>,<dbm>,<bsic>)]
OK

Write Command
AT+QENG=<mode>[,<dump>]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK

Confidential / Released

78 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

0
1
2
0
1
2
3

Switch off engineering mode


Switch on engineering mode
Switch on engineering mode, and activate the URC report of network information
<dump>
Only display the serving cell information
Display the serving cell information, 1-6 neighboring cells information
Display the serving cell information and list of serving cell carrier list
Display the serving cell information,1-6 neighboring cell information and list of
serving cell carrier list
4
Display the serving cell information,1-6 neighboring cell information, list of serving
cell carrier list and BA measured resulte list.
<mcc>
Mobile country code
<mnc>
Mobile network code
<lac>
Location area code in hex format
<cellid>
Cell ID in hex format
<bcch>
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of Broadcast Control Channel BCCH
<bsic>
Base station identity code
<dbm>
Receive signal level in dBm unit
<c1>
C1 value
<c2>
C2 value
<txp>
Maximum TX power level when accessing on a CCH
<rla>
Minimum receiving level permitted to access the system
<ts>
TimeSlots
<maio>
MAIO value
<hsn>
HSN value
<tch>
ARFCN of TCH, h figure hopping
<ta>
Timing Advance, range 0-63
<rxq_sub> RX quality(sub), range 0-7
<rxq_full> RX quality(full), range 0-7
<ncell>
Number of neighboring six cell ID 1-6
<arfcn>
Absolute radio frequency channel number

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

79 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTES
The following radio setting to be updated is stored in non-volatile memory.
3. When mode is 2, auto URCs are reported per 5 seconds.
4. The <lac> and <cellid> parameters in hex format, the parameter is in decimal.
5. If the cell information is not detected, the parameter is replaced by x char.
6. If the detecting is not expert mode, the <tch>, <ts>, <maio>, <hsn>, <ta>, <rxq_sub> and
<rxq_full> parameter do not display the value of the parameter and replaced by x char.
7. During the network connecting, if the hopping frequency is supported by the network, so the channel
of TCH is instable. Using the h figure <tch> under this mode.
8. Under expert mode, when the <c1> and <c2> of the serving cell cannot be updated. Using the -1
figure to display the illegal value. At the same timethe <txp> and <rla> parameter cannot be
updated in a certain condition, all the same holding the value of idle mode. This is because ME
cannot be updated in this mode, ME cannot update the selection of cell and reselection of the
parameter. When the connecting is over, mobile device goes back idle mode and gives out the
correct value.
9. If TA can report the information of the neighboring cell, the URCs of six neighboring cell should be
reported. If some cells cannot be measured, the x char will be filled in the parameter of these cells.
10. Under the special mode, the <c1> and <c2> parameters of the neighboring cell may be measured,
then will report an unmeaning value. When the <mcc>, <mnc>, <lac> and <cellid> parameter of the
neighboring cell cannot be measured, the 'x' char will be filled in these parameters of all the six cells.
11. The command does not report the RX level and the RX quality. The AT+CSQ command can be
used to query the values of RX level and RX quality.
12. The AT+QSPCH command can be used to re-query the type of the voice channel duration calling
(FR, HR, EFR, AMR_FR, AMR_HR).
13. The BA measured list max record numbers are 32. If any of the BCCH cannot get the BSIC value, the
BSIC will show x instead. The measured list is only including the measured BCCH in the BA list, not
the whole BA list.

Example
Idle mode:
AT+QENG=2
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

+QENG: 0,460,00,1806,2602,64,46,-72,119,119,5,8,x,x,x,x,x,x,x
Dedicated mode:
AT+QENG=2,3
OK
+QENG: 0,460,00,1806,2031,17,41,-73,-1,-1,5,8,h,7,0,24,1,0,1
+QENG:

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

80 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

1,1,17,-74,41,111,95,460,00,1806,2031,2,2,-74,45,110,94,460,00,1878,151,3,22,-77,40,100,84,460,00,1
806,2012,4,24,-77,45,97,81,460,00,1806,2013,5,25,-81,40,83,67,460,00,1806,2032,6,532,-92,48,-1,-1,x
,x,x,x

6.8. AT+QSCANF

Scan Power of GSM Frequency

AT+QSCANF Scan Power of GSM Frequency


Test Command
AT+QSCANF=?

Response
+QSCANF: (list of supported <band>s),(list of supported
<freq>s)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+QSCANF=<band>,<freq>

Response
If <freq>=9999 and command is successful:
+QSCANF:
1, CH113, -63.5
2, CH80, -64.2
4, CH22, -64.5
..
20, CH116, -74.2
OK

If <freq> is fixed frequency and command is successful:


+QSCANF:
CH<freq>, <dbm>
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<band>

<freq>
<dbm>

300ms

0
BAND 900
1
BAND 1800
2
BAND 1900
3
BAND 850
9999
Scan all frequency in specified band
0-1023
Scan a fixed frequency in specified band
The signal strength indication in dbm value for a specified frequency

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

81 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTE
Before using this AT command, RF function of system MUST be disabled. Please make sure CFUN state
is 0 or 4. About how to change CFUN state, please refer to AT command AT+CFUN.

6.9. AT+QLOCKF
AT+QLOCKF

Lock GSM Frequency

Lock GSM Frequency

Test Command
AT+QLOCKF=?

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Response
+QLOCKF: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<band1900>s), (list of supported <arfcn>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QLOCKF?

Response
+QLOCKF: <status>
OK

Write Command
AT+QLOCKF=<mode>,<band1900>,<
arfcn1>[,<arfcn2>[,<arfcn3>]]

Response
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

<band1900>

<arfcn>
<status>

0
1
2
0
1
2
0-1024
0
1

Disable lock frequency


Enable lock frequency
Enable lock frequency and auto switch to saved frequency after powered on
Not a cell ID of 1900 band
Cell ID of 1900 band
Auto distinguish whether is a cell ID of 1900 band
ARFCN information
ME has not locked a certain ARFCN
ME has locked a certain ARFCN

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

82 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Call Related Commands

7.1. ATA Answer an Incoming Call

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

ATA Answer an Incoming Call


Execution Command
ATA

Response
TA sends off-hook to the remote station. When TA returns to
command mode after call release:
OK
Response in case of voice call, if successfully connected:
OK
Response if no connection:
NO CARRIER

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

NOTES
1.
2.
3.

1s, determined by network.

Any additional commands on the same command line are ignored.


This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. The aborting is
not possible during some states of connection establishment such as handshaking.
See also ATX.

Example

RING
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,"02154450290",129,""
OK
ATA
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

//A voice call is ringing

//Accept the voice call with ATA

Confidential / Released

83 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

7.2. ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial a Number


ATD

Mobile Originated Call to Dial a Number

Execution Command
ATD<n>[<mgsm>][;]

Response
This command can be used to set up outgoing voice, data or
FAX calls. It also serves to control supplementary services.
If no dial tone and (parameter setting ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If busy and (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If a connection cannot be established:
NO CARRIER

When TA returns to command mode after call release:


OK
If connection is successful and voice call:
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

1s, determined by network.

String of dialing digits and optionally V.25ter modifiers


Dialing digits: 0-9, * , #, +, A, B, C
Following V.25ter modifiers are ignored: ,(comma), T, P, !, W, @

Emergency call:
<n>
Standardized emergency number 112(no SIM needed)
<mgsm>
String of GSM modifiers:
I
Actives CLIR (Disables presentation of own number to called party)
i
Deactivates CLIR (Enable presentation of own number to called party)
G
Activates closed user group invocation for this call only
g
Deactivates closed user group invocation for this call only
<;>
Only required to set up voice call, return to command state

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

84 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTES
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.

This command may be aborted generally by receiving an ATH command or a character during
execution. The aborting is not possible during some states of connection establishment such as
handshaking.
Parameter "I" and "i" only if no *# code is within the dial string.
<n> is default value for last number that can be dialed by ATDL.
*# codes sent with ATD are treated as voice calls. Therefore, the command must be terminated with
a semicolon ";".
See ATX command for setting result code and call monitoring parameters.
Responses returned after dialing with ATD
For voice call two different responses mode can be determined. TA returns OK immediately
either after dialing was completed or after the call was established. The setting is controlled by
AT+COLP. Factory default is AT+COLP=0, which causes the TA returns OK immediately after
dialing was completed, otherwise TA will returns OK, BUSY, NO DIAL TONE, NO
CARRIER.
Using ATD during an active voice call:
When a user originates a second voice call while there is already an active voice call, the first
call will be automatically put on hold.
The current states of all calls can be easily checked at any time by using the AT+CLCC
command.

Example
ATD10086;
OK

7.3. ATH
ATH

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Dialing out the partys number

Disconnect Existing Connection

Disconnect Existing Connection

Execution Command
ATH[n]

Response
Disconnect existing call by local TE from command line and
terminate call.
OK

Maximum Response Time

90s, determined by network.

Reference
V.25ter

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

85 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<n>

Disconnect from line and terminate call

NOTE
OK is issued after circuit 109 (DCD) is turned off, if it was previously on.

7.4. +++
+++

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Switch from Data Mode to Command Mode

Switch from Data Mode to Command Mode

Execution Command
+++

Response
This command is only available during TA is in data mode,
such as, a GPRS connection and a transparent TCPIP
connection. The +++ character sequence causes the TA to
cancel the data flow over the AT interface and switch to
command mode. This allows you to enter AT command while
maintaining the data connection with the remote server or,
accordingly, the GPRS connection.
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

NOTES
1.

2.

300ms

To prevent the +++ escape sequence from being misinterpreted as data, it should comply to
following sequence:
No characters entered for T1 time (0.5 seconds).
+++ characters entered with no characters in between. For PPP online mode, the interval
between two + MUST should be less than 1 second and for a transparent TCPIP connection,
the interval MUST be less than 20ms.
No characters entered for T1 time (0.5 seconds).
Switch to command mode, otherwise go to step 1.
To return from command mode back to data or PPP online mode: Enter ATO
Another way to change to command mode is through DTR, see AT&D command for the details.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

86 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

7.5. ATO
ATO

Switch from Command Mode to Data Mode

Switch from Command Mode to Data Mode

Execution Command
ATO[n]

Response
TA resumes the connection and switches back from
command mode to data mode.
If connection is not successfully resumed:
NO CARRIER
else
TA returns to data mode from command mode CONNECT
<text>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

NOTE

300ms

Switch from command mode to data mode

TA returns to data mode from command mode CONNECT <text>,<text> only if parameter setting is X>0.

7.6. ATP Select Pulse Dialing


ATP Select Pulse Dialing
Execution Command
ATP

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

NOTE
No effect in GSM.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

87 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

7.7. ATS0
ATS0

Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering Call

Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering Call

Read Command
ATS0?

Response
<n>
OK

Write Command
ATS0=<n>

Response
This parameter setting determines the number of rings before
auto-answer.
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

0
1-255

NOTE

300ms

Automatic answering is disabled


Enable automatic answering on the ring number specified

If <n> is set too high, the calling party may hang up before the call can be answered automatically.

Example
ATS0=3
OK

//Set three rings before automatically answering a call

RING
RING
RING

//Call coming

//Automatically answering the call after three rings

7.8. ATS6
ATS6

Set Pause before Blind Dialing

Set Pause before Blind Dialing

Read Command
ATS6?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
<n>

Confidential / Released

88 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Write Command
ATS6=<n>

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

0-2-10

NOTE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Number of seconds to wait before blind dialing

No effect in GSM.

7.9. ATS7
ATS7

Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Connection Completion

Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Connection Completion

Read Command
ATS7?

Response
<n>
OK

Write Command
ATS7=<n>

Response
This parameter setting determines the amount of time to wait
for the connection completion in case of answering or
originating a call.
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

300ms

Parameter
<n>

1-60-255

Number of seconds to wait for connection completion

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

89 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTES
1.
2.
3.

If called party has specified a high value for ATS0=<n>, call setup may fail.
The correlation between ATS7 and ATS0 is important, for example: Call may fail if ATS7=30 and
ATS0=20.
ATS7 is only applicable to data call.

7.10. ATS8
ATS8

Set the Number of Seconds to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Set the Number of Seconds to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier

Read Command
ATS8?

Response
<n>
OK

Write Command
ATS8=<n>

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

0
1-2-255

NOTE

300ms

No pause when comma encountered in dial string


Number of seconds to wait

No effect in GSM.

7.11. ATS10

Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data

Carrier
ATS10

Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data Carrier

Read Command
ATS10?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
<n>

Confidential / Released

90 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Write Command
ATS10=<n>

Response
This parameter setting determines the amount of time that the
TA will remain connected in absence of data carrier. If the
data carrier is once more detected before disconnection, the
TA remains connected.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

7.12. ATT
ATT

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

1-15-254

Number of delay in 100ms

Select Tone Dialing

Select Tone Dialing

Execution Command
ATT

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

NOTE

No effect in GSM.

7.13. AT+CSTA Select Type of Address


AT+CSTA Select Type of Address
Test Command
AT+CSTA=?

Response
+CSTA: (list of supported <type>s)
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

91 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Read Command
AT+CSTA?

Response
+CSTA: <type>
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<type>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Current address type setting.


129
Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145
International number type (ISDN format )
161
National number type (IDSN format)

7.14. AT+CLCC
AT+CLCC

List Current Calls of ME

List Current Calls of ME

Test Command
AT+CLCC=?

Execution Command
AT+CLCC

Response
OK

Response
TA returns a list of current calls of ME. If command succeeds
but no calls are available, no information response is sent to
TE.
[+CLCC: <id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,
<number>,<type>[,""]]

[<CR><LF>+CLCC: <id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,
<number>,<type>[,""]]
[...]]]
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

92 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<idx>
<dir>
<stat>

<mode>

<mpty>
<number>
<type>

Integer type; call identification number as described in GSM 02.30 sub clause 4.5.5.1; this
number can be used in +CHLD Command operations
0
Mobile originated (MO) call
1
Mobile terminated (MT) call
State of the call
0
Active
1
Held
2
Dialing (MO call)
3
Alerting (MO call)
4
Incoming (MT call)
5
Waiting (MT call)
Bearer/tele service
0
Voice
1
Data
2
FAX
9
Unknown
0
Call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
1
Call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
Phone number in string type in format specified by <type>
Type of address of octet in integer format
129
Unknown type(IDSN format number)
145
International number type (ISDN format )

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"10086",129,""
OK

7.15. AT+CR

//List the current call of ME

Service Reporting Control

AT+CR Service Reporting Control


Test Command
AT+CR=?

Response
+CR: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CR?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+CR: <mode>

Confidential / Released

93 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Write Command
AT+CR=[<mode>]

Response
TA controls whether or not intermediate result code +CR:
<serv> is returned from the TA to the TE when a call set up.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<mode>
<serv>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

0
1
ASYNC
SYNC
REL ASYNC
REL SYNC

NOTE

Disable
Enable
Asynchronous transparent
Synchronous transparent
Asynchronous non-transparent
Synchronous non-transparent

Intermediate result code:


If it is enabled, an intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during connect negotiation at which
the TA has determined which speed and quality of service will be used, before any error control or data
compression reports are transmitted, and before any final result code (e.g. CONNECT) is transmitted.

7.16. AT+CRC

Set Cellular Result Codes for Incoming Call Indication

AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for Incoming Call Indication


Test Command
AT+CRC=?

Response
+CRC: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CRC?

Response
+CRC: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+CRC=[<mode>]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
TA controls whether or not the extended format of incoming
call indication is used.

Confidential / Released

94 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<mode>

NOTE

0
1

Disable extended format


Enable extended format

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Unsolicited result code:


When it is enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result code +CRING: <type>
instead of the normal RING.
Parameter
<type>
ASYNC
Asynchronous transparent
SYNC
Synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC
Asynchronous non-transparent
REL SYNC
Synchronous non-transparent
FAX
Facsimile
VOICE
Voice

Example
AT+CRC=1
OK

//Enable extended format

+CRING: VOICE
ATH
OK
AT+CRC=0
OK

//Indicate incoming call to the TE

RING
ATH
OK

//Indicate incoming call to the TE

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

//Disable extended format

Confidential / Released

95 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

7.17. AT+CSNS
AT+CSNS

Single Numbering Scheme

Single Numbering Scheme

Test Command
AT+CSNS=?

Response
+CSNS: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CSNS?

Response
+CSNS: <mode>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+CSNS=[<mode>]

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<mode>

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

7.18. AT+QSFR

Voice
Alternating voice/FAX, voice first
FAX
Alternating voice/data, voice first
Data
Alternating voice/FAX, FAX first
Alternating voice/data, data first
Voice followed by data

Preference Speech Coding

AT+QSFR Preference Speech Coding


Test Command
AT+QSFR=?

Response
+QSFR: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QSFR?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+QSFR: <mode>

Confidential / Released

96 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Write Command
AT+QSFR=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

NOTE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Automatic mode
FR
HR
EFR
AMR_FR
AMR_HR
FR and EFR, FR priority
EFR and FR, EFR priority
EFR and HR, EFR priority
EFR and AMR_FR, EFR priority
AMR_FR and FR, AMR_FR priority
AMR_FR and HR, AMR_FR priority
AMR_FR and EFR, AMR_FR priority
AMR_HR and FR, AMR_HR priority
AMR_HR and HR, AMR_HR priority
AMR_HR and EFR, AMR_HR priority

This setting is stored in the non-volatile memory and will be used whenever the module is powered up
again.

7.19. AT+QSPCH

Speech Channel Type Report

AT+QSPCH Speech Channel Type Report


Test Command
AT+QSPCH=?

Response
+QSPCH: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

97 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Read Command
AT+QSPCH?

Response
+QSPCH: <mode>,<speech channel>
OK

Write Command
AT+QSPCH=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

<speech channel>

NOTE

0
Disable report speech channel type
1
Enable report speech channel type
Speech channel type
0
NO SPEECH TCH
1
FR
2
HR
3
EFR
4
AMR_FR
5
AMR_HR

URC +QSPCH: <mode>,<speech channel> will be indicated when speech channel type changes.

7.20. AT+QDISH
AT+QDISH

Disable ATH

Disable ATH

Test Command
AT+QDISH=?

Response
+QDISH: (list of supported <disableath>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QDISH?

Response
+QDISH: <disableath>
OK

Write Command
AT+QDISH=<disableath>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK

Confidential / Released

98 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<disableath>

Disable ATH
0
Enable ATH command
1
Disable ATH command

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

99 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

SMS Commands

8.1. AT+CSMS
AT+CSMS

Select Message Service

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Select Message Service

Test Command
AT+CSMS=?

Response
+CSMS: (list of supported <service>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CSMS?

Response
+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm>
OK

Write Command
AT+CSMS=<service>

Response
+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm>
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CMS ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<service>

<mt>

<mo>

300ms

GSM 03.40 and 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM
07.05 Phase 2 version 4.7.0; Phase 2+ features which do not require new
command syntax may be supported (e.g. correct routing of messages with new
Phase 2+ data coding schemes))
128
SMS PDU mode - TPDU only used for ending/receiving SMSs
Mobile Terminated Messages
0
Type not supported
1
Type supported
Mobile Originated Messages

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

100 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<bm>

0
Type not supported
1
Type supported
Broadcast Type Messages
0
Type not supported
1
Type supported

8.2. AT+CMGF Select SMS Message Format


AT+CMGF

Select SMS Message Format

Test Command
AT+CMGF=?

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Response
+CMGF: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CMGF?

Response
+CMGF: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+CMGF=[<mode>]

Response
TA sets parameter to denote which kind of I/O format of
messages is used.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<mode>

0
1

PDU mode
Text mode

8.3. AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address


AT+CSCA SMS Service Center Address
Test Command
AT+CSCA=?

Response
OK

Read Command
AT+CSCA?

Response
+CSCA: <sca>,<tosca>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

101 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Write Command
AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]

Response
TA updates the SMSC address, through which mobile
originated SMS are transmitted. In text mode, setting is used
by sending and writing commands. In PDU mode, setting is
used by the same commands, but only when the length of the
SMSC address coded into <pdu> parameter equals zero.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<sca>

< tosca>

NOTE

300ms

GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM
default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tosca>
Service center address format GSM 04.11 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer
format (default refer to <toda>)

The Command writes the parameters in NON-VOLATILE memory.

Example

AT+CSCA="+8613800210500",145
OK
AT+CSCA?
+CSCA: "+8613800210500",145

//SMS service center address

//Query SMS service center address

OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

102 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

8.4. AT+CPMS
AT+CPMS

Preferred SMS Message Storage

Preferred SMS Message Storage

Test Command
AT+CPMS=?

Response
+CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s),(list of supported
<mem2>s),(list of supported <mem3>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CPMS?

Response
+CPMS:
<mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,<used2>,<total2>,<m
em3>,<used3>,<total3>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+CPMS=<mem1>[,<mem2>[,<mem
3>]]

Response
TA selects memory storages <mem1>, <mem2> and
<mem3> to be used for reading, writing, etc.
+CPMS:
<used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,<total3>
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CMS ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<mem1>

<mem2>

<mem3>

300ms

Messages to be read and deleted from this memory storage


"SM"
SIM message storage
"ME"
Mobile Equipment message storage
"MT"
Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
Messages will be written and sent to this memory storage
"SM"
SIM message storage
"ME"
Mobile Equipment message storage
"MT"
Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
Received messages will be placed in this memory storage
if routing to PC is not set ("+CNMI")
"SM"
SIM message storage
"ME"
Mobile Equipment message storage

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

103 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<usedx>
<totalx>

"MT"
Sum of "SM" and "ME" storages
Integer type; Number of messages currently in <memx>
Integer type; Number of messages storable in <memx>

NOTE
The message storages of SIM and ME offer maximum space for 60, the SIM message storage will be
priority stored. The SIM storage offer maximum space for 50, the ME storage offer maximum space for
10.

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CPMS="SM","SM","SM"
+CPMS: 0,50,0,50,0,50

OK
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "SM",0,50,"SM",0,50,"SM",0,50
OK

8.5. AT+CMGD
AT+CMGD
Test Command
AT+CMGD=?

//Set SMS message storage as SM

//Query the current SMS message storage

Delete SMS Message

Delete SMS Message

Response
+CMGD: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported
<delflag>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]

Response
TA deletes message from preferred message storage
<mem1> location <index>.
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR:<err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms
Note: Operation of <deflag> depends on the storage of
deleted messages.

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

104 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

GSM 07.05

Parameter
<index>
<delflag>

Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
0
Delete message specified in <index>
1
Delete all read messages from <mem1> storage, leaving unread messages and
stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not) untouched
2
Delete all read messages from <mem1> storage and sent mobile originated
messages, leaving unread messages and unsent mobile originated messages
untouched
3
Delete all read messages from <mem1> storage, sent and unsent mobile
originated messages, leaving unread messages untouched
4
Delete all messages from <mem1> storage

Example
AT+CMGD=1
OK
AT+CMGD=1,4
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Delete message specified in <index>=1

//Delete all messages from <mem1> storage

8.6. AT+CMGL List SMS Messages from Preferred Store


AT+CMGL List SMS Messages from Preferred Store
Test Command
AT+CMGL=?

Response
+CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+CMGL=<stat>[,<mode>]

Response
TA returns messages with status value <stat> from message
storage <mem1> to the TE. If status of the message is
'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received
read'.
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1) and command successful:
for SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs:
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa/toda>,<
length>]<CR><LF><data>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL:

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

105 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<index>,<stat>,<da/oa>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa/toda>,<
length>]<CR><LF><data>[...]]
for SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st
>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st
>[...]]

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
for SMS-COMMANDs:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[...]]

for CBM storage:


+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages><CR
><LF><data>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><d
ata>[...]]
OK
2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and Command successful:
+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pd
u><CR><LF>
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,[alpha],<length><CR><LF><pdu>[...]]
OK
3) If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

Reference
GSM 07.05

300ms
Note: Operation of <stat> depends on the storage of listed
messages.

Parameter
<stat>

1) If text mode
"REC UNREAD" Received unread messages
"REC READ"
Received read messages

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

106 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<mode>
<alpha>

<da>

<data>

<length>

<index>
<oa>

"STO UNSENT" Stored unsent messages


"STO SENT"
Stored sent messages
"ALL"
All messages
2) If PDU mode
0
Received unread messages
1
Received read messages
2
Stored unsent messages
3
Stored sent messages
4
All messages
0
Normal (default)
1
Not change status of the specified SMS record
String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry found
in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific; used character
set should be the one selected with command select TE character set +CSCS (see
definition of this command in TS 07.07)
GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (refer to command +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
In the case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format
if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that
GSM 03.40 TPUser-Data-Header-Indication is not set
if TE character set other than "HEX" (refer to Command Select TE character set
+CSCS in TS 07.07): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set
according to rules of Annex A
if TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM alphabet into
two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. character P (GSM 23) is presented
as 17 (IRA 49 and 55))
if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates
that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit
octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42
is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))
In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM Content of Message in text mode responses; format:
if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used
if TE character set other than "HEX" (refer to Command +CSCS in GSM 07.07): ME/TA
converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of Annex A
if TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM alphabet
into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts
each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
Integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body
<data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual
TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

107 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<pdu>

<scts>
<toda>
<tooa>

GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (refer to command +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tooa>
In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65)). In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format
GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Center-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first
character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default value is 129)
GSM 04.11 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (refer to
<toda>)

NOTE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of SMS with REC UNREAD status.

Example

AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CMGL="ALL"
+CMGL: 1,"STO UNSENT","","",
This is a test from Quectel

//Set SMS message format as text mode

//List all messages from message storage

+CMGL: 2,"STO UNSENT","","",


This is a test from Quectel,once again.
OK

8.7. AT+CMGR
AT+CMGR
Test Command
AT+CMGR=?

Read SMS Message

Read SMS Message

Write Command
AT+CMGR=<index>[,<mode>]

Response
OK

Response
TA returns SMS message with location value <index> from
message storage <mem1> to the TE. If status of the
message is 'received unread', status in the storage changes
to 'received read'.
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1) and command is executed

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

108 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

successfully:
for SMS-DELIVER:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<
sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
for SMS-SUBMIT:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<vp>],<
sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
for SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>

for SMS-COMMANDs:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],[<da>],[<toda>],<length><
CR><LF><cdata>]
for CBM storage:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><dat
a>
2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and command successful:
+CMGR: <stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
OK

3) If error is related to ME functionality:


+CMS ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.05

Depends on the length of message content.

Parameter
<index>
<mode>
<alpha>

Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
0
Normal
1
Not change the status of the specified SMS record
String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry found
in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

109 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<da>

<data>

<dcs>
<fo>

<length>

<mid>
<oa>

<pdu>

<pid>
<sca>

GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
In the case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format
if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that
GSM 03.40 TPUser-Data-Header-Indication is not set
if TE character set other than "HEX" (refer to command select TE character set
+CSCS in TS 07.07): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set
according to rules of Annex A
if TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM alphabet
into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. character P (GSM 23) is
presented as 17 (IRA 49 and 55))
if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates
that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit
octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42
is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM Content of Message in text mode responses; format
if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used
if TE character set other than "HEX" (refer to command +CSCS in GSM 07.07): ME/TA
converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of Annex A
if TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM alphabet
into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts
each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
Depending on the command or result code: GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme
(default value is 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
Depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER,
SMS-SUBMIT (default value is 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default
value is 2) in integer format
Integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body
<data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual
TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format
GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tooa>
In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65))
In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format
GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default value is 0)
GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

110 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<scts>
<stat>

<toda>
<tooa>
<tosca>
<vp>

default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE


character set (specified by +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tosca>
GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
PDU mode text mode
Explanation
0
"REC UNREAD" Received unread messages
1
"REC READ"
Received read messages
2
"STO UNSENT" Stored unsent messages
3
"STO SENT"
Stored sent messages
4
"ALL"
All messages
GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first
character of <da> is +(IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default is 129)
GSM 04.11 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer
to <toda>)
GSM 04.11 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer to
<toda>)
Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer
format (default value is 167) or in time-string format (refer to <dt>)

Example
+CMTI: "SM",3

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

//Indicates that new message has been received and saved


to <index>=3 of SM
AT+CMGR=3
//Read message
+CMGR: "REC UNREAD","+8615021012496","","2010/09/25 15:06:37+32",145,4,0,241,"+8
613800210500",145,27
This is a test from Quectel
OK

8.8. AT+CMGS
AT+CMGS

Send SMS Message

Send SMS Message

Test Command
AT+CMGS=?

Write Command
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]<CR>
text is entered
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
ESC quits without sending

Response
OK

Response
TA sends message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT).
Message reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on
successful message delivery. Optionally (when +CSMS
<service> value is 1 and network supports) <scts> is
returned. Values can be used to identify message upon
unsolicited delivery status report result code.

2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0):

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

111 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

AT+CMGS=<length><CR>
PDU is given <ctrl-Z/ESC>

1) If text mode (+CMGF=1) and sent successfully:


+CMGS: <mr>
OK
2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and sent successfully:
+CMGS: <mr>
OK
3) If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<da>

<toda>
<length>

<mr>

Example

120s, determined by network.

GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first
character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default value is 129)
Integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body
<data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual
TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format

AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT+CMGS="15021012496"
> This is a test from Quectel

//Set SMS message format as text mode

//Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE

//Enter in text, <CTRL+Z> send message, <ESC> quits


without sending

+CMGS: 247
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

112 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

8.9. AT+CMGW Write SMS Message to Memory


AT+CMGW

Write SMS Message to Memory

Test Command
AT+CMGW=?

Response
OK

Write Command
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGW[=<oa/da>[,<tooa/toda>[,<s
tat>]]]
<CR> text is entered
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
<ESC> quits without sending

Response
TA transmits SMS message (either SMS-DELIVER or
SMS-SUBMIT) from TE to memory storage <mem2>.
Memory location <index> of the stored message is returned.
By default message status will be set to 'stored unsent', but
parameter <stat> also allows other status values to be given.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0):


AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]<CR>
PDU is given <ctrl-Z/ESC>

If writing is successful:
+CMGW: <index>
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CMS ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<oa>

<da>

<tooa>
<toda>

<stat>

300ms

GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tooa>
GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
GSM 04.11 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer
to <toda>)
GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first
character of <da> is +(IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default value is 129)
129
Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145
International number type (ISDN format )
PDU mode Text mode
Explanation
0
"REC UNREAD" Received unread messages
1
"REC READ"
Received read messages
2
"STO UNSENT" Stored unsent messages
3
"STO SENT"
Stored sent messages

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

113 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<length>

<pdu>

<index>

4
"ALL"
All messages
Integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body
<data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual
TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65))
In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format
Index of message in selected storage <mem2>

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT+CMGW="15021012496"
> This is a test from Quectel
+CMGW: 4
OK

8.10. AT+CMSS
AT+CMSS

//Set SMS message format as text mode

//Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE

//Enter in text, <CTRL+Z> write message, <ESC> quits


without sending

Send SMS Message from Storage

Send SMS Message from Storage

Test Command
AT+CMSS=?

Write Command
AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda>]]

Response
OK

Response
TA sends message with location value <index> from
message storage <mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT). If
new recipient address <da> is given, it shall be used instead
of the one stored with the message. Reference value <mr> is
returned to the TE on successful message delivery. Values
can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery
status report result code.
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1) and sent successfully:
+CMSS: <mr> [,<scts>]
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

114 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

2) If PDU mode(+CMGF=0) and sent successfully;


+CMSS: <mr> [,<ackpdu>]
OK
3) If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time

120s, determined by network.

Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<index>
<da>

<toda>
<mr>
<scts>
<ackpdu>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first
character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default value is 129)
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65)). In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format

8.11. AT+CMGC Send SMS Command


AT+CMGC
Test Command
AT+CMGC=?

Send SMS Command

Write Command
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGC=<fo>[,<ct>,<pid>,<mn>,<d
a>,<toda>]<CR>
text is entered
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
ESC quits without sending
2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0):

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK

Response
TA transmits SMS command message from a TE to the
network (SMS-COMMAND). Message reference value <mr>
is returned to the TE on successful message delivery. Value
can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery
status report result code.
1) If text mode(+CMGF=1) and sent successfully:
+CMGC: <mr> [,<scts>]

Confidential / Released

115 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

AT+CMGC=<length><CR>
PDU is given <ctrl-Z/ESC>

OK
2) If PDU mode(+CMGF=0) and sent successfully:
+CMGC: <mr> [,<ackpdu>]
OK
3) If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<fo>
<ct>
<pid>
<mn>
<da>

<toda>

<length>
<mr>
<scts>
<ackpdu>

First octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-COMMAND (default value is 2) in integer format


GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format (default value is 0)
GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default value is 0)
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Number in integer format
GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or
GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE
character set (specified by +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>
GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first
character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default value is 145, otherwise default value is 129)
129
Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145
International number type (ISDN format )
Integer type value indicating in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data
unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal
format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50
and 65)). In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format

8.12. AT+CNMI
AT+CNMI

300ms

New SMS Message Indications

New SMS Message Indications

Test Command
AT+CNMI=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+CNMI: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported

Confidential / Released

116 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<mt>s),(list of supported <bm>s),(list


<ds>s),(list of supported <bfr>s)

of

supported

OK
Read Command
AT+CNMI?

Response
+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
OK

Write Command
AT+CNMI=[<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds
>[,<bfr>]]]]]

Response
TA selects the procedure on how the received new messages
from the network are indicated to the TE when TE is active,
e.g. DTR signal is ON. If TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is
OFF), receiving message should be done as specified in
GSM 03.38.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


ERROR

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<mode>

<mt>

300ms

Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications
can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded
and replaced with the new received indications
1
Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes
when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode). Otherwise forward them
directly to the TE
2
Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in
on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward
them directly to the TE
3
Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. TA-TE link specific inband
technique used to embed result codes and data when TA is in on-line data mode
(The rules for storing received SMS depend on its data coding scheme (refer to GSM 03.38
[2]), preferred memory storage (+CPMS) setting and this value):
0
No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE
1
If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed
to the TE by using unsolicited result code: +CMTI: <mem>,<index>
2
SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2) are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited
result code: +CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled)

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

117 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<bm>

<ds>

<bfr>

NOTE

or +CMT: <oa>, [<alpha>],<scts>


[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
(Text mode enabled; about parameters in italics, refer to Command Show Text
Mode Parameters +CSDH). Class 2 messages result in indication as defined in
<mt>=1
3
Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE by using unsolicited result
codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other classes result in indication as
defined in <mt>=1
(The rules for storing received CBMs depend on its data coding scheme (refer to GSM
03.38 [2]), the setting of Select CBM Types (+CSCB) and this value):
0
No CBM indications are routed to the TE
2
New CBMs are routed directly to the TE by using unsolicited result code: +CBM:
<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled) or +CBM:
<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data> (Text mode enabled)
3
Class 3 CBMs are routed directly to TE by using unsolicited result codes defined
in <bm>=2. If CBM storage is supported, messages of other classes result in
indication as defined in <bm>=1
0
No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE
1
SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE by using unsolicited result code:
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled) or +CDS:
<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (Text mode enabled)
0
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined in this command is flushed to the TE
when <mode> 1...3 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the
codes)
1
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared
when <mode> 1...3 is entered

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Unsolicited result code


+CMTI: <mem>,<index>
+CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu>

Example

AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT+CNMI=2,1

Indicates that new message has been received


Short message is output directly
Cell broadcast message is output directly

//Set SMS message format as text mode

//Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE


//SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the
memory location is routed to the TE

OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

118 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

+CMTI: "SM",5
AT+CNMI=2,2
OK

//Indicate that new message has been received


//Set SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to the TE

+CMT: "+8615021012496"," ","2010/09/25 17:25:01+32",145,4,0,241,"+8613800210500",145,27


This is a test from Quectel
//Short message is output directly

8.13. AT+CRES
AT+CRES

Restore SMS Settings

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Restore SMS Settings

Test Command
AT+CRES=?

Response
+CRES: (list of supported <profile>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+CRES[=<profile>]

Response
TA restores SMS settings from non-volatile memory to active
memory. A TA can contain several profiles of settings.
Settings specified in commands service centre address
+CSCA, set message parameters +CSMP and select cell
broadcast message types +CSCB (if implemented) are
restored. Certain settings may not be supported by the
storage (e.g. SIM SMS parameters) and therefore cannot be
restored.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<profile>

0-3

300ms

Manufacturer specific profile number where settings are to be stored

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

119 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

8.14. AT+CSAS
AT+CSAS

Save SMS Settings

Save SMS Settings

Test Command
AT+CSAS=?

Response
+CSAS: (list of supported <profile>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+CSAS[=<profile>]

Response
TA saves active message service settings to non-volatile
memory. A TA can contain several profiles of settings.
Settings specified in commands service centre address
+CSCA, Set Message Parameters +CSMP and Select cell
broadcast message Types +CSCB (if implemented) are
saved. Certain settings may not be supported by the storage
(e.g. SIM SMS parameters) and therefore cannot be saved.
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If error is related to ME functionality:
ERROR

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<profile>

0-3

8.15. AT+CSCB

300ms

Manufacturer specific profile number where settings are to be stored

Select Cell Broadcast SMS Messages

AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast SMS Messages


Test Command
AT+CSCB=?

Response
+CSCB: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CSCB?

Response
+CSCB: <mode>,<mids>,<dcss>
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

120 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Write Command
AT+CSCB=<mode>[,mids>[,<dcss>]]

Response
TA selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<mode>
<mids>

<dcss>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

0
Message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are accepted
1
Message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are not accepted
String type; all different possible combinations of CBM message identifiers (refer to <mid>)
(default is empty string)
e.g. "0,1,5,320-478,922"
String type; all different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes (refer to
<dcs>) (default is empty string), e.g. "0-3,5"

NOTE

The Command writes the parameters in NON-VOLATILE memory.

8.16. AT+CSDH

Show SMS Text Mode Parameters

AT+CSDH Show SMS Text Mode Parameters


Test Command
AT+CSDH=?

Response
+CSDH: (list of supported <show>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CSDH?

Response
+CSDH: <show>
OK

Write Command
AT+CSDH=[<show>]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
TA determines whether detailed header information is shown
in text mode result codes.
OK

Confidential / Released

121 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<show>

Example

Do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP (<sca>,
<tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda> or <tooa> in
+CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs and SMS-SUBMITs in
text mode
Show the values in result codes

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CSDH=0
OK
AT+CMGR=3
+CMGR: "REC READ","+8615021012496","","2010/09/25 15:06:37+32"
This is a test from Quectel

OK
AT+CSDH=1
OK
AT+CMGR=3
+CMGR: "REC READ","+8615021012496", ,"2010/09/25 15:06:37+32",145,4,0,241,"+861
3800210500",145,27
This is a test from Quectel
OK

8.17. AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters


AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters
Test Command
AT+CSMP=?

Response
+CSMP: (list of supported <fo>s), (list of supported <vp>s),
(list of supported <pid>s), (list of supported <dcs>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CSMP?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+CSMP: <fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>

Confidential / Released

122 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Write Command
AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[,<dcs>]
]]]

Response
TA selects values for additional parameters needed when SM
is sent to the network or placed in a storage when text mode
is selected (+CMGF=1). It is possible to set the validity period
starting from when the SM is received by the SMSC (<vp> is
in range 0... 255) or define the absolute time of the validity
period termination (<vp> is a string).
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.05

Parameter
<fo>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Depending on the Command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER,
SMS-SUBMIT (default value is 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default
value is 2) in integer format. SMS status report is supported under text mode if <fo> is set
to 49
Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer
format (default 167) or in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default value is 0)
GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme in Integer format

<vp>
<pid>
<dcs>

NOTE

The Command writes the parameters in NON-VOLATILE memory.

8.18. AT+QCLASS0
SMS

AT+QCLASS0

Store Class 0 SMS to SIM when Receiving Class 0

Store Class 0 SMS to SIM when Receiving Class 0 SMS

Test Command
AT+QCLASS0=?

Response
+QCLASS0: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QCLASS0?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+QCLASS0: <mode>

Confidential / Released

123 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Write Command
AT+QCLASS0=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

0
1

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Disable to store Class 0 SMS when receiving Class 0 SMS
Enable to store Class 0 SMS when receiving Class 0 SMS

For example message in text mode:


AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "SM",6,50,"SM",6,50,"SM",6,50
OK
AT+QCLASS0=0
OK

//Disable to store SMS when receiving Class 0 SMS

+CMT: "+8615021012496",,"2010/09/26 09:55:37+32"


TEST1 from Quectel
//Short message is output directly
AT+QCLASS0=1
//Enable to store SMS when receiving Class 0 SMS
OK
+CMTI: "SM",7
//Indicate that new message has been received
AT+CMGR=7
+CMGR: "REC UNREAD","+8615021012496","","2010/09/26 09:56:17+32"
TEST2 from Quectel
OK

8.19. AT+QMGDA Delete all SMS


AT+QMGDA Delete all SMS
Test Command
AT+QMGDA=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+QMGDA: (listed of supported <type>s)

Confidential / Released

124 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Write Command
AT+QMGDA=<type>

Response
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

Depends on the storage of deleted messages.

Reference

Parameter
<type>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

1) If text mode:
"DEL READ"
"DEL UNREAD"
"DEL SENT"
"DEL UNSENT"
"DEL INBOX"
"DEL ALL"
2) If PDU mode:
1
2
3
4
5
6

Delete all read messages


Delete all unread messages
Delete all sent SMS
Delete all unsent SMS
Delete all received SMS
Delete all SMS
Delete all read messages
Delete all unread messages
Delete all sent SMS
Delete all unsent SMS
Delete all received SMS
Delete all SMS

8.20. AT+QSMSCODE Configure SMS Code Mode


AT+QSMSCODE Configure SMS Code Mode
Test Command
AT+QSMSCODE=?

Response
+QSMSCODE: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QSMSCODE?

Response
+QSMSCODE: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QSMSCODE=<mode>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK
ERROR

Confidential / Released

125 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

0
1
2

Code mode according with NOKIA


Code mode according with SIEMENS
Code mode according with NOKIA, and hexadecimal 0x11 treated as _
hexadecimal 0x02 treated as "$"

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

126 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Phonebook Commands

9.1. AT+CPBS
AT+CPBS

Select Phonebook Memory Storage

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Select Phonebook Memory Storage

Test Command
AT+CPBS=?

Response
+CPBS: (list of supported <storage>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CPBS?

Response
+CPBS: <storage>[,<used>,<total>]
OK

Write Command
AT+CPBS=<storage>

Response
TA selects current phone book memory storage, which is
used by other phone book commands.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<storage>

"MC"
"RC"
"DC"
"LA"
"ME"
"BN"
"SD"
"VM"
"FD"
"LD"
"ON"
"SM"

ME missed (unanswered) calls list


ME received calls list
ME dialed calls list (+CPBW may not be applicable or this storage)(same as LD)
Last Number All list (LND/LNM/LNR)
ME phonebook
SIM barred dialed number
SIM service dial number
SIM voice mailbox
SIM fix dialing-phone book
SIM last-dialing-phone book
SIM (or ME) own numbers (MSISDNs) list
SIM phonebook

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

127 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<used>
<total>

Integer type value indicating the total number of used locations in selected memory
Integer type value indicating the total number of locations in selected memory

NOTE
SIM phonebook record can stores up to 250pcs and ME phonebook record can store up to 200pcs.

9.2. AT+CPBW
AT+CPBW
Test Command
AT+CPBW=?

Write Phonebook Entry

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Write Phonebook Entry

Response
TA returns location range supported by the current storage,
the maximum length of <number> field, supported number
formats of the storage, and the maximum length of <text>
field.
+CPBW: (The range of supported <index>s), <nlength>, (list
of supported <type>s), <tlength>
OK

Write Command
AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<number>[,<ty
pe>[,<text>]]]

Response
TA writes phone book entry in location number <index> in the
current phone book memory storage selected with +CPBS.
Entry fields written are phone number <number> (in the
format <type>) and text <text> associated with the number. If
those fields are omitted, phone book entry is deleted. If
<index> is left out, but <number> is given, entry is written to
the first free location in the phone book.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter

<nlength> Maximum length of phone number


<tlength> Maximum length of text for number
<index>
Location number
<number> Phone number
<type>
Type of number

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

128 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<text>

129
Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145
International number type (ISDN format )
Text for phone number in current TE character set specified by +CSCS

NOTE
1. If the current memory storage is MC,RC,DC,LA or LD,<number>,<type> and <text>
parameter must be default, AT+CPBW command only supports settings <index> delete the number of
current phone book.
2. <number> cant be empty.
3. The following characters in <text> must be entered via the escape sequence:
GSM char
Seq.Seq.(hex)
Note
\
\5C 5C 35 43
(backslash)
"
\22 5C 32 32
(string delimiter)
BSP
\08 5C 30 38
(backspace)
NULL
\00 5C 30 30
(GSM null)
0 (GSM null) may cause problems for application layer software when reading string lengths.

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT+CPBW=10,"15021012496",129,"QUECTEL"
OK
//Make a new phonebook entry at location 10
AT+CPBW=10
//Delete entry at location 10
OK

9.3. AT+CPBR

Read Current Phonebook Entries

AT+CPBR Read Current Phonebook Entries


Test Command
AT+CPBR=?

Response
TA returns location range supported by the current storage as
a compound value and the maximum lengths of <number>
and <text> fields.
+CPBR: (list of supported <index>s),<nlength>,<tlength>
OK

Write Command
AT+CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
TA returns phone book entries in location number range
<index1>... <index2> from the current phone book memory
storage selected with +CPBS. If <index2> is left out, only

Confidential / Released

129 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

location <index1> is returned.


+CPBR:<index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[<CR><LF>+C
PBR: .....+CPBR: <index2>, <number>, <type>, <text>]
OK
Maximum Response Time

300ms.
Note: Operation of <index2> depends on the storage of read
phonebook entries.

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<index>
<nlength>
<tlength>
<index1>
<index2>
<number>
<type>
<text>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Location number
Maximum length of phone number
Maximum length of name for number
The first phone book record to read
The last phonebook record to read
Phone number
Type of number
Text name for phone number in current TE character set specified by +CSCS

Example

AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT+CPBR=10
//Query phone book entries in location 10
+CPBR: 10,"15021012496",129,"QUECTEL"
OK

9.4. AT+CPBF

Find Phonebook Entries

AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries


Test Command
AT+CPBF=?

Response
+CPBF: <nlength>,<tlength>
OK

Write Command
AT+CPBF=[<findtext>]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
TA returns phone book entries (from the current phone book
memory storage selected with +CPBS) which contain

Confidential / Released

130 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

alphanumeric string <findtext>.


[+CPBF: <index1>, <number>,<type>, <text>[[...]
<CR><LF>+CBPF: <index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
OK
Maximum Response Time

Depends on the storage of phonebook entries.

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<findtext>
<index1>
<index2>
<number>
<type>

<text>
<nlength>
<tlength>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

String type field of maximum length <tlength> in current TE character set specified by
+CSCS.
Integer type values in the range of location numbers of phone book memory
Integer type values in the range of location numbers of phone book memory
Phone number in string type of format <type>
Type of address octet in integer format:
129
Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145
International number type (ISDN format )
String type field of maximum length <tlength> in current TE character set specified by
+CSCS
Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number>
Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>

9.5. AT+CNUM
AT+CNUM

Subscriber Number

Subscriber Number

Test Command
AT+CNUM=?

Execution Command
AT+CNUM

Response
OK

Response
+CNUM: [<alpha1>],<number1>,<type1>

[<CR><LF>+CNUM: [<alpha2>],<number2>,<type2>
[...]]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

131 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<alphax>

Optional alphanumeric string associated with <numberx>; used character set should be
the one selected with command. Select TE character set +CSCS
<numberx> Phone number in string type of format specified by <typex>
<typex>
Type of address octet in integer format (refer to GSM 04.08subclause 10.5.4.7)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

132 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

10

GPRS Commands

10.1. AT+CGATT
AT+CGATT

Attach to/Detach from GPRS Service

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Attach to/Detach from GPRS Service

Test Command
AT+CGATT=?

Response
+CGATT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CGATT?

Response
+CGATT: <state>
OK

Write Command
AT+CGATT=<state>

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<state>

75s, determined by network.

Indicates the state of GPRS attachment


0
Detached
1
Attached
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Write Command

Example
AT+CGATT=1
OK
AT+CGATT=0
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

//Attach to GPRS service


//Detach from GPRS service

Confidential / Released

133 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0

//Query the current GPRS service state

OK

10.2. AT+CGDCONT

Define PDP Context

AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context


Test Command
AT+CGDCONT=?

Response
+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s), <PDP_type>,
<APN>, <PDP_addr>, (list of supported <data_comp>s),
(list of supported <head_comp>s)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Read Command
AT+CGDCONT?

Response
+CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<data_comp>,<h
ead_comp>
<CR><LF>+CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<data_comp>,<h
ead_comp>

OK

Write Command
AT+CGDCONT=<cid>[,<PDP_type>[,<
APN>[,<PDP_addr>[,<d_comp>[,<h_c
omp>]]]]]

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<cid>

(PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP
context-related commands. The range of permitted values (minimum value=1) is returned
by the test form of the command
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of packet data
protocol X25 ITU-T/CCITT X.25 layer 3 IP Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5) OSPIH Internet
Hosted Octet Stream Protocol PPP Point to Point Protocol (IETF STD 51)

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

134 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<APN>

(Access Point Name) a string parameter that is a logical name that is used to select the
GGSN or the external packet data network. If the value is null or omitted, then the
subscription value will be requested
<PDP_addr>A string parameter identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. If the value
is null or omitted, then a value may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup
procedure or, failing that, a dynamic address will be requested. The allocated address may
be read using the +CGPADDR command
<d_comp> A numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression
0
Off (default if value is omitted)
Other values are reserved
<h_comp> A numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression
0
Off (default if value is omitted)
Other values are reserved

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","CMNET"
OK

10.3. AT+CGQREQ
AT+CGQREQ

//Define PDP context, <cid>=1, <PDP_type>=IP,<APN>=CMNET

Quality of Service Profile (Requested)

Quality of Service Profile (Requested)

Test Command
AT+CGQREQ=?

Response
+CGQREQ: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CGQREQ?

Response
+CGQREQ:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,>reliability>,<peak>,<mean
>
<CR><LF>+CGQREQ:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak >,<mean
>

OK

Write Command
AT+CGQREQ=<cid>[,<precedence>[,
<delay>[,<reliability>[,<peak>[,<mean
>]]]]]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:

Confidential / Released

135 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

+CME ERROR: <err>


Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<cid>

A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see


+CGDCONT command)
The following parameter are defined in GSM 03.60
<precedence> A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class
<delay>
A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class
<reliability>
A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class
<peak>
A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class
<mean>
A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

10.4. AT+CGQMIN

Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)

AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)


Test Command
AT+CGQMIN=?

Response
+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CGQMIN?

Response
+CGQMIN:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean
>
<CR><LF>+CGQMIN:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean
>

OK

Write Command
AT+CGQMIN=<cid>[,<precedence>[,<
delay>[,<reliability>[,<peak>[,<mean>
]]]]]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Confidential / Released

136 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<cid>

A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see


+CGDCONT command)
The following parameters are defined in GSM 03.60.
<precedence> A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class
<delay>
A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class
<reliability>
A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class
<peak>
A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class
<mean>
A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

10.5. AT+CGACT

PDP Context Activate or Deactivate

AT+CGACT PDP Context Activate or Deactivate


Test Command
AT+CGACT=?

Response
+CGACT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CGACT?

Response
+CGACT:
<cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>+CGACT:<cid><state>]
OK

Write Command
AT+CGACT=<state>,<cid>

Response
OK
NO CARRIER

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

150s, determined by network.

Reference
GSM 07.07

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

137 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<state>

<cid>

Indicates the state of PDP context activation


0
Deactivated
1
Activated
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Write Command
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command)

NOTE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

If context is deactivated successfully, NO CARRIER is returned.

Example

AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","CMNET"
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CGACT=0,1
NO CARRIER

//Define PDP context


//Activated PDP

//Deactivated PDP

10.6. AT+CGDATA Enter Data State


AT+CGDATA Enter Data State
Test Command
AT+CGDATA=?

Response
+CGDATA: (list of supported <L2P>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+CGDATA=<L2P>[,<cid>[,<cid>[,
]]]

Response
OK
NO CARRIER

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

138 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<L2P>

<cid>

A string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT:
PPP Point to Point protocol for a PDP such as IP
Other values are not supported and will result in an ERROR response to the execution
command
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

10.7. AT+CGPADDR
AT+CGPADDR

Show PDP Address

Show PDP Address

Test Command
AT+CGPADDR=?

Response
+CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+CGPADDR=<cid>

Response
+CGPADDR: <cid>[,<PDP_addr>]
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<cid>

300ms

A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT
command)
<PDP_addr> A string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may
be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the +CGDCONT
command when the context was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned
during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to <cid>.
<PDP_address> is omitted if none is available

NOTE
This command dictates the behaviour of PPP in the ME but not that of any other GPRS-enabled
foreground layer, e.g. browser.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

139 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Example
AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","CMNET"
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CGPADDR=1
+CGPADDR: 1,"10.76.51.180"

//Define PDP context


//Activated PDP
//Show PDP address

OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

10.8. AT+CGCLASS
AT+CGCLASS

GPRS Mobile Station Class

GPRS Mobile Station Class

Test Command
AT+CGCLASS=?

Response
+CGCLASS: (list of supported <class>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CGCLASS?

Response
+CGCLASS: <class>
OK

Write Command
AT+CGCLASS=<class>

Response
OK
ERROR

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<class>

30s, determined by network.

A string parameter which indicates the GPRS mobile class (Functionality in descending
order)
"B"
Class B
"CG" Class C in GPRS only mode
"CC" Class C in circuit switched only mode

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

140 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

10.9. AT+CGEREP Control Unsolicited GPRS Event Reporting


AT+CGEREP Control Unsolicited GPRS Event Reporting
Test Command
AT+CGEREP=?

Response
+CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CGEREP?

Response
+CGEREP: <mode>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Write Command
AT+CGEREP=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<mode>

0
1

NOTE

Buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT; if MT result code buffer is full, the oldest
one can be discarded. No codes are forwarded to the TE
Discard unsolicited result codes when MT-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data
mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE

Unsolicited Result Codes supported:


+CGEV: NW DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>[,<cid>]
+CGEV: ME DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>[,<cid>]
+CGEV: NW DETACH
+CGEV: ME CLASS <class>
Parameters
<PDP_type> Packet Data Protocol type (see +CGDCONT command)
<PDP_addr> Packet Data Protocol address (see +CGDCONT command)
<cid>
Context ID (see +CGDCONT command)
<class>
GPRS mobile class (see +CGCLASS command)

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

141 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

10.10. AT+CGREG
AT+CGREG

Network Registration Status

Network Registration Status

Test Command
AT+CGREG=?

Response
+CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CGREG?

Response
+CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+CGREG=[<n>]

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>

<stat>

<lac>
<ci>

0
1
2

Disable network registration unsolicited result code


Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG:<stat>
Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
0
Not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to register to
1
Registered, home network
2
Not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to register to
3
Registration denied
4
Unknown
5
Registered, roaming
String type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in
decimal)
String type; two bytes cell ID in hexadecimal format

NOTE
For parameter state, options of 0 and 1 are supported only.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

142 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Example
AT+CGATT=0
NO CARRIER
+CGREG: 0,"1878","0873"
AT+CGATT=1
OK
+CGREG: 2,"1878","0873"
+CGREG: 1,"1878","0873"

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

10.11. AT+CGSMS
AT+CGSMS
Test Command
AT+CGSMS=?

Select Service for MO SMS Messages

Select Service for MO SMS Messages

Response
+CGSMS: (list of currently available <service>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CGSMS?

Response
+CGSMS: <service>
OK

Write Command
AT+CGSMS=[<service>]

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<service>

300ms

A numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used


0
GPRS
1
Circuit switch
2
GPRS preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS not available)
3
Circuit switch preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched not available)

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

143 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTE
The circuit switched service route is the default method.

10.12. AT+QGPCLASS
AT+QGPCLASS

Change GPRS Multi-slot Class

Change GPRS Multi-slot Class

Test Command
AT+QGPCLASS=?

Response
MULTISLOT CLASS: (list of currently available <class>s)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Read Command
AT+QGPCLASS?

Response
MULTISLOT CLASS: <class>
OK

Write Command
AT+QGPCLASS=<class>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<class>

NOTE

GPRS multi-slot class


1-12 default value is 12

Need to reboot for the change of GPRS multi-slot class to take effect.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

144 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

11

TCPIP Commands

11.1. AT+QIOPEN

Start up TCP or UDP Connection

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+QIOPEN Start up TCP or UDP Connection


Test Command
AT+QIOPEN=?

Response
+QIOPEN: (list of supported <mode>)s,(IP address
range),(port)
<CR><LF>+QIOPEN: (list of supported <mode>s),(domain
name),(port)
OK

Write Command
AT+QIOPEN=[<index>,]<mode>,<IP
address>/<domain name>,<port>

Response
If format is right, respond:
OK
Otherwise respond:
ERROR

If the connection has already existed, respond:


ALREADY CONNECT
And then if connection is successful, respond:
[<index>,] CONNECT OK
Otherwise respond:
[<index>,] CONNECT FAIL

Maximum Response Time


Reference

75s, determined by network.

Parameter
<index>

A numeric indicates which socket opens the connection. M95 supports at most 6
sockets at the same time. This parameter is necessary only if AT+QIMUX was set as 1
(refer to AT+QIMUX). When AT+QIMUX was set as 0, the parameter MUST be

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

145 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

omitted
<mode>
A string parameter which indicates the connection type
"TCP"
Establish a TCP connection
"UDP"
Establish a UDP connection
<IP address>
A string parameter that gives the address of the remote server in dotted decimal style.
<port>
The port of the remote server
0-65535
<domain name> A string parameter which represents the domain name address of the remote server

NOTES
1.

2.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

This command is allowed to establish a TCP/UDP connection only when the state is IP INITIAL or IP
STATUS or IP CLOSE. So it is necessary to process "AT+QIDEACT" or "AT+QICLOSE" before
establishing a TCP/UDP connection with this command when the state is not IP INITIAL or IP
STATUS or IP CLOSE.
If AT+QIMUX was set as 0 and the current state is CONNECT OK, which means the connection
channel is used, it will reply "ALREADY CONNECT" after issuing the Write command.

11.2. AT+QISEND

Send Data through TCP or UDP Connection

AT+QISEND Send Data through TCP or UDP Connection


Test Command
AT+QISEND=?

Response
+QISEND: <length>
OK

Execution Command
AT+QISEND
response"> ", then type data to send,
tap CTRL+Z to send, tap ESC to cancel
the operation

Response
This command is used to send changeable length data.
If connection is not established or disconnected:
ERROR
If sending succeeds:
SEND OK
If sending fails:
SEND FAIL

Write Command
1)When AT+QIMUX=0
AT+QISEND=<length>
2)When AT+QIMUX=1
AT+QISEND=<index>[,<length>]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
This command is used to send fixed-length data or send data
on the given socket (defined by <index>).
If connection is not established or disconnected:
ERROR

Confidential / Released

146 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

If sending succeeds:
SEND OK
If sending fails:
SEND FAIL
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<index>

<length>

NOTES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

The index of the socket for sending data. This parameter is necessary only if AT+QIMUX
was set as 1 (refer to AT+QIMUX). When AT+QIMUX was set as 0, the parameter MUST
be omitted
A numeric parameter which indicates the length of data to be sent, it MUST be less than
1460

This command is used to send data on the TCP or UDP connection that has been established
already. Ctrl+Z is used as a termination symbol. ESC is used to cancel sending data.
The maximum length of the data to input at a time is 1460.
There are at most 1460 bytes that can be sent each time.
Only send data at the status of connection, otherwise respond with ERROR.
SEND OK means the data have been put into the send window to send rather than it has received
the ACK message for the data from the remote node. To check whether the data has been sent to the
remote node, it is necessary to execute the command AT+QISACK to query it.

11.3. AT+QICLOSE
AT+QICLOSE

Close TCP or UDP Connection

Close TCP or UDP Connection

Test Command
AT+QICLOSE=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+QICLOSE

Response
If close succeeds:
CLOSE OK
If close fails:
ERROR

Write Command
AT+QICLOSE=<index>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
If close succeeds:

Confidential / Released

147 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<index>, CLOSE OK
If close fails:
ERROR
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<index>

NOTES
1.

2.

3.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

The index of the socket for sending data. This parameter is necessary only if AT+QIMUX
was set as 1 (refer to AT+QIMUX). When AT+QIMUX was set as 0, the parameter MUST
be omitted

Execution Command AT+QICLOSE:


If QISRVC is 1 (please refer to AT+QISRVC) and QIMUX is 0 (please refer to AT+QIMUX), this
command will close the connection in which the module is used as a client.
If QISRVC is 1 and QIMUX is 1, it will return ERROR.
If QISRVC is 2 and QIMUX equals 0 and the module is used as a server and some clients have
been connected to it, this command will close the connection between the module and the
remote client.
If QISRVC is 2 and QIMUX is 0 and the module is in listening state without any client, this
command will cause the module to quit the listening state.
If QISRVC is 2 and QIMUX is 1 and the module is used as a server, this command will close all
the income connection and cause the module to quit the listening state.
Write Command AT+QICLOSE=<index>:
This command is valid only if QIMUX is 1.
If QISRVC is 1 and QIMUX is 1, this command will close the corresponding connection
according to <index> and the module used as a client in the connection.
If QISRVC is 2 and QIMUX is 1, this command will close the incoming connection according to
<index>.
If QISRVC is 1 and QIMUX is 0, AT+QICLOSE only closes the connection when the statue is
CONNECTING or CONNECT OK, otherwise respond with ERROR. After closing the connection, the
status is IP CLOSE.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

148 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

11.4. AT+QIDEACT
AT+QIDEACT

Deactivate GPRS/CSD PDP Context

Deactivate GPRS/CSD PDP Context

Test Command
AT+QIDEACT=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+QIDEACT

Response
If close succeeds:
DEACT OK
If close fails:
ERROR

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Maximum Response Time


Reference

NOTES
1.
2.

40s, determined by network.

Except at the status of IP INITIAL, you can deactivate GPRS/CSD PDP context by AT+QIDEACT.
After closing the connection, the status becomes to IP INITIAL.
CSD context is not supported at present.

11.5. AT+QILPORT

Set Local Port

AT+QILPORT Set Local Port


Test Command
AT+QILPORT=?

Response
+QILPORT: (list of supported <port>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QILPORT?

Response
<mode>: <port>
<CR><LF><mode>: <port>
OK

Write Command
AT+QILPORT=<mode>,<port>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

149 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<mode>

<port>

A string parameter which indicates the connection type


"TCP" TCP local port
"UDP" UDP local port
0-65535 A numeric parameter which indicates the local port

NOTE
This command is used to set the port for listening.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

11.6. AT+QIREGAPP Start TCPIP Task and Set APN, User Name and
Password

AT+QIREGAPP Start TCPIP Task and Set APN, User Name and Password
Test Command
AT+QIREGAPP=?

Response
+QIREGAPP: "APN","USER","PWD"
OK

Read Command
AT+QIREGAPP?

Response
+QIREGAPP: <apn>,<user name>,<password>
OK

Write Command
AT+QIREGAPP=<apn>,<user
name>,<password>[,<rate>]

Response
OK
ERROR

Execution Command
AT+QIREGAPP

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<apn>
A string parameter which indicates the GPRS access point name or the call number of CSD
<user name>A string parameter which indicates the GPRS/CSD user name
<password> A string parameter which indicates the GPRS/CSD password
<rate>
The speed of data transmit for CSD

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

150 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTES
1.
2.
3.

The write command and execution command of this command is valid only at the status of IP
INITIAL. After operating this command, the status will become to IP START.
The value of QICSGP (please refer to AT+QICSGP) defines what kind of bearer (GPRS or CSD) the
parameters are used for.
CSD function and related configuration are not supported at present.

11.7. AT+QIACT
AT+QIACT

Activate GPRS/CSD Context

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Activate GPRS/CSD Context

Test Command
AT+QIACT=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+QIACT

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

150s, determined by network.

Reference

NOTES
1.

2.

AT+QIACT only activates GPRS/CSD context at the status of IP START. After operating this
command, the status will become to IP CONFIG. If TA accepts the activated operation, the status will
become to IP IND; after GPRS/CSD context is activated successfully, the status will become to IP
GPRSACT, respond with OK, and otherwise respond with ERROR.
CSD context is not supported at present.

11.8. AT+QILOCIP Get Local IP Address


AT+QILOCIP Get Local IP Address
Test Command
AT+QILOCIP=?

Execution Command
AT+QILOCIP

Response
OK

Response
If execution successful, respond:
<IP address>
Otherwise respond:
ERROR

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

151 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<IP address>

NOTES
1.

2.

A string parameter which indicates the IP address assigned from GPRS or CSD
network

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Only at the following status: IP GPRSACT, IP STATUS, TCP/UDP CONNECTING, CONNECT OK, IP
CLOSE can get local IP address by AT+QILOCIP, otherwise respond ERROR. And if the status
before executing the command is IP GPRSACT, the status will become to IP STATUS after the
command.
CSD function is not supported at present.

11.9. AT+QISTAT
AT+QISTAT
Test Command
AT+QISTAT=?

Query Current Connection Status

Query Current Connection Status

Execution Command
AT+QISTAT

Response
OK

Response
When AT+QIMUX=0, respond:
OK
STATE: <state>

When AT+QIMUX=1, respond:


List of
(+QISTAT: <index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port><CR><LF>)
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

152 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<state>

<index>
<mode>

<addr>
<port>

NOTES
1.
2.

A string parameter to indicate the status of the connection


"IP INITIAL"
The TCPIP stack is in idle state
"IP START"
The TCPIP stack has been registered
"IP CONFIG"
It has been start-up to activate GPRS/CSD context
"IP IND"
It is activating GPRS/CSD context
"IP GPRSACT"
GPRS/CSD context has been activated successfully
"IP STATUS"
The local IP address has been gotten by the command
AT+QILOCIP
"TCP CONNECTING"
It is trying to establish a TCP connection
"UDP CONNECTING"
It is trying to establish a UDP connection
"IP CLOSE"
The TCP/UDP connection has been closed
"CONNECT OK"
The TCP/UDP connection has been established successfully
"PDP DEACT"
GPRS/CSD context was deactivated because of unknown
reason

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

If ATV was set to 0 by the command ATV0, the TCPIP stack gives the following numeric to
indicate the former status
0
"IP INITIAL"
1
"IP START"
2
"IP CONFIG"
3
"IP IND"
4
"IP GPRSACT"
5
"IP STATUS"
6
"TCP CONNECTING" or "UDP CONNECTING"
7
"IP CLOSE"
8
"CONNECT OK"
9
"PDP DEACT"
The index of the connection, the range is (0-5)
The type of the connection
"TCP"
TCP connection
"UDP"
UDP connection
The IP address of the remote
The port of the remote

Display former style of response when QIMUX=0 and the later style of response when QIMUX=1.
CSD context is not supported at present.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

153 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

11.10. AT+QISTATE

Query Connection Status of the Current Access

AT+QISTATE

Query Connection Status of the Current Access

Test Command
AT+QISTATE=?

Response
OK

Execution Command
AT+QISTATE

Response
When AT+QIMUX=0, respond:
OK
STATE: <state>
When AT+QIMUX=1, respond:
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
STATE: <state>

+QISTATE:
<index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port>,<socketstate>
OK
Otherwise respond
ERROR

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<state>

300ms

A string parameter to indicate the status of the connection


When AT+QIMUX=0:
"IP INITIAL"
"IP START"
"IP CONFIG"
"IP IND"
"IP GPRSACT"
"IP STATUS"

The TCPIP stack is in idle state.


The TCPIP stack has been registered.
It has been start-up to activate GPRS/CSD context.
It is activating GPRS/CSD context.
GPRS/CSD context has been activated successfully.
The local IP address has been gotten by the command
AT+QILOCIP.
"TCP CONNECTING" It is trying to establish a TCP connection.
"UDP CONNECTING" It is trying to establish a UDP connection.
"IP CLOSE"
The TCP/UDP connection has been closed.
"CONNECT OK"
The TCP/UDP connection has been established successfully.
"PDP DEACT"
GPRS/CSD context was deactivated because of unknown

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

154 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

reason.
When AT+QIMUX=1:
"IP INITIAL"
"IP START"
"IP CONFIG"
"IP IND"
"IP GPRSACT"
"IP STATUS"

<index>
<mode>

<addr>
<port>
<socketstate>

The TCPIP stack is in idle state.


The TCPIP stack has been registered.
It has been start-up to activate GPRS/CSD context.
It is activating GPRS/CSD context.
GPRS/CSD context has been activated successfully.
The local IP address has been gotten by the command
AT+QILOCIP.
IP PROCESSING Data phase. Processing the existing connection now.
"PDP DEACT"
GPRS/CSD context was deactivated because of unknown
reason.
The index of the connection, the range is (0-5)
The type of the connection
"TCP"
TCP connection
"UDP"
UDP connection
The IP address of the remote
The port of the remote
A string parameter to indicate the status of the access connection, including
INITIAL,CONNECTED.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

11.11. AT+QISSTAT
AT+QISSTAT
Test Command
AT+QISSTAT=?

Query the Current Server Status

Query the Current Server Status

Execution Command
AT+QISSTAT

Response
OK

Response
When AT+QIMUX=0, respond:
OK
S: <ServerState>

When AT+QIMUX=1, respond:


OK
S: <ServerState>
C: <index>,<mode>,<addr>,<port>
Otherwise respond:
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

155 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<ServerState>

<index>
<mode>

<addr>
<port>

A string parameter to indicate the status of the connection


"INITIAL"
The TCPIP stack is in idle state
"OPENNING"
The TCPIP stack has been registered
"LISTENING"
Listening to server port
"CLOSING"
Closing connection now
The index of the connection, the range is (0-4)
The type of the connection
"TCP" TCP connection
"UDP" UDP connection
The IP address of the remote
The port of the remote

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

11.12. AT+QIDNSCFG
AT+QIDNSCFG

Configure Domain Name Server

Configure Domain Name Server

Test Command
AT+QIDNSCFG=?

Response
OK

Read Command
AT+QIDNSCFG?

Response
PrimaryDns: <pri_dns>
SecondaryDns: <sec_dns>
OK

Write Command
AT+QIDNSCFG=<pri_dns>[,<sec_dns
>]

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter

<pri_dns> A string parameter which indicates the IP address of the primary domain name server
<sec_dns> A string parameter which indicates the IP address of the secondary domain name server

NOTES
1. Because TA will negotiate to get the DNS server from GPRS/CSD network automatically when
activating GPRS/CSD context, it is STRONGLY suggested to configure the DNS server at the status
of IP GPRSACT, IP STATUS, CONNECT OK and IP CLOSE if it is necessary.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

156 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

2. CSD function and configuration are not supported currently.

11.13. AT+QIDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name


AT+QIDNSGIP Query the IP Address of Given Domain Name
Test Command
AT+QIDNSGIP=?

Response
OK

Write Command
AT+QIDNSGIP=<domain name>

Response
OK
ERROR

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If succeeds, return:
<IP address>
If fails, return:
ERROR: <err>
STATE: <state>

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter

14s, determined by network.

<domain name> A string parameter which indicates the domain name


<IP address>
A string parameter which indicates the IP address corresponding to the domain name
<err>
A numeric parameter which indicates the error code
1
DNS not Authorized
2
Invalid parameter
3
Network error
4
No server
5
Time out
6
No configuration
7
No memory
8
Unknown error
<state>
Refer to AT+QISTAT

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

157 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

11.14. AT+QIDNSIP Connect with IP Address or Domain Name Server


AT+QIDNSIP Connect with IP Address or Domain Name Server
Test Command
AT+QIDNSIP=?

Response
+QIDNSIP: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QIDNSIP?

Response
+QIDNSIP: <mode>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+QIDNSIP=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

A numeric parameter indicates which kind of server format is used when establishing the
connection: IP address server or domain name server
0
The address of the remote server is a dotted decimal IP address
1
The address of the remote server is a domain name

11.15. AT+QIHEAD
AT+QIHEAD
Test Command
AT+QIHEAD=?

Add an IP Header when Receiving Data

Add an IP Header when Receiving Data

Response
+QIHEAD: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QIHEAD?

Response
+QIHEAD: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QIHEAD=<mode>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK
ERROR

Confidential / Released

158 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

A numeric parameter which indicates whether or not to add an IP header before the
received data
0
DO Not add IP header
1
Add a header before the received data, and the format is "IPD(data length):"

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

11.16. AT+QIAUTOS
AT+QIAUTOS

Set Auto Sending Timer

Set Auto Sending Timer

Test Command
AT+QIAUTOS=?

Response
+QIAUTOS: (list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported
<time>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QIAUTOS?

Response
+QIAUTOS: <mode>,<time>
OK

Write Command
AT+QIAUTOS=<mode>[,<time>]

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

<time>

A numeric parameter which indicates whether or not to set timer when sending data
0
DO Not set timer for data sending
1
Set timer for data sending
A numeric parameter which indicates a time in seconds
After the time expires since AT+QISEND, the input data will be sent automatically

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

159 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

11.17. AT+QIPROMPT Set Prompt of > when Sending Data


AT+QIPROMPT

Set Prompt of > when Sending Data

Test Command
AT+QIPROMPT=?

Response
+QIPROMPT: (list of supported <send prompt>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QIPROMPT?

Response
+QIPROMPT: <send prompt>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+QIPROMPT=<send prompt>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<send prompt>

A numeric parameter which indicates whether or not to echo prompt ">" after
issuing AT+QISEND Command
0
No prompt ">" and show "SEND OK" when sending successes
1
Echo prompt ">" and show "SEND OK" when sending successes
2
No prompt and not show "SEND OK" when sending successes
3
Echo prompt ">" and show socket ID "SEND OK" when sending
successes

11.18. AT+QISERVER

Configured as Server

AT+QISERVER Configured as Server


Test Command
AT+QISERVER=?

Response
OK

Read Command
AT+QISERVER?

Response
+QISERVER: <mode>, <num>
OK

Execution Command
AT+QISERVER

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK
ERROR

Confidential / Released

160 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

If configured as server successfully, return:


SERVER OK
If configured as server unsuccessfully, return:
CONNECT FAIL
Write Command
AT+QISERVER=<type>[,<max>]

Response
OK
ERROR
If configured as server successfully, return:
SERVER OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If configured as server unsuccessfully, return:
CONNECT FAIL

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<mode>
<num>
<type>

<max>

150s, determined by network.

0
NOT configured as server
1
Configured as server
The number of clients that have been connected in. The range is 0~5
A numeric indicates the type of the server
0
TCP server
1
UDP server
The maximum number of clients allowed to connect in. The default value is 1. The range
is 1-5

NOTES

1. This command configures the module as a TCP server and the maximum allowed client is 1.
2. The parameter <max> is excluded when QIMUX is 0.

11.19. AT+QICSGP Select CSD or GPRS as the Bearer


AT+QICSGP Select CSD or GPRS as the Bearer
Test Command
AT+QICSGP=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+QICSGP: 0-CSD,DIAL NUMBER,USER
NAME,PASSWORD,RATE(0-3)

Confidential / Released

161 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

+QICSGP: 1-GPRS,APN,USER NAME,PASSWORD


OK
Read Command
AT+QICSGP?

Response
+QICSGP: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QICSGP=<mode>[,(<apn>,<user
name>,<password>)/(<dial
number>,<user
name>,<password>,<rate>)]

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
A numeric parameter which indicates the bearer type
0
Set CSD as the bearer for TCPIP connection
1
Set GPRS as the bearer for TCPIP connection

GPRS parameters:
<apn>
A string parameter which indicates the access point name
<user name>
A string parameter which indicates the user name
<password>
A string parameter which indicates the password

CSD parameters:
<dial number> A string parameter which indicates the CSD dial numbers
<user name>
A string parameter which indicates the CSD user name
<password>
A string parameter which indicates the CSD password
<rate>
A numeric parameter which indicates the CSD connection rate
0
2400
1
4800
2
9600
3
14400

NOTE
CSD configuration is not supported at present.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

162 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

11.20. AT+QISRVC
AT+QISRVC

Choose Connection

Choose Connection

Test Command
AT+QISRVC=?

Response
+QISRVC: (list of supported <connection>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QISRVC?

Response
+QISRVC: <connection>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+QISRVC=<connection>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<connection>

NOTE

A numeric parameter which indicates the chosen connection


1
Choose the connection in which MS used as a client
2
Choose the connection in which MS used as a server

There could be two connections at one time: one connection is that MS connects with a remote server as
a client; the other connection is that MS accepts a remote client as a server. Using this Command to
specify which connection data will be sent through.

11.21. AT+QISHOWRA Set Whether or Not to Display the Address of


Sender

AT+QISHOWRA Set Whether or Not to Display the Address of Sender


Test Command
AT+QISHOWRA=?

Response
+QISHOWRA: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

163 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Read Command
AT+QISHOWRA?

Response
+QISHOWRA: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QISHOWRA=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

A numeric parameter which indicates whether or not to show the address (including IP
address in dotted decimal style of the remote end) when receiving data.
0
DO NOT show the address. Default
1
Show the address; the format to show the address is like: RECV FROM:
<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>

11.22. AT+QISCON

Save TCPIP Application Context Configuration

AT+QISCON Save TCPIP Application Context Configuration


Test Command
AT+QISCON=?
Read Command
AT+QISCON?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK

Response
TA returns TCPIP application context, which consists of the
following AT command parameters.
SHOW APPTCPIP CONTEXT
+QIDNSIP:<mode>
+QIPROMPT:<sendprompt>
+QIHEAD:<iphead>
+QISHOWRA:<srip>
+QICSGP:<csgp>
Gprs Config APN:<apn>
Gprs Config UserId:<gusr>
Gprs Config Password:<gpwd>
Gprs Config inactivityTimeout:<timeout>
CSD Dial Number:<cnum>
CSD Config UserId:<cusr>
CSD Config Password:<cpwd>
CSD Config rate:<crate>

Confidential / Released

164 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

App Tcpip Mode:<mode>


In Transparent Transfer Mode
Number of Retry:<nmRetry>
Wait Time:<waitTm>
Send Size:<sendSz>
esc:<esc>
OK
Execution Command
AT+QISCON

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

<mode>
See AT+QIDNSIP
<sendprompt> See AT+QIPROMPT
<iphead>
See AT+QIHEAD
<srip>
See AT+QISHOWRA
<csgp>
See AT+QICSGP
<apn>
See AT+QICSGP
<gusr>
See AT+QICSGP
<gpwd>
See AT+QICSGP
<timeout>
See AT+QICSGP
<cnum>
See AT+QICSGP
<cusr>
See AT+QICSGP
<cpwd>
See AT+QICSGP
<crate>
See AT+QICSGP

The following four parameters are only for transparent transfer mode.
<nmRetry>
See AT+QITCFG
<waitTm>
See AT+QITCFG
<sendSz>
See AT+QITCFG
<esc>
See AT+QITCFG

NOTES
1. The execution command TA saves TCPIP Application Context which consists of the following AT
Command parameters, and when system is rebooted, the parameters will be loaded automatically:
AT+QIDNSIP, AT+QIPROMPT, AT+QIHEAD, AT+QISHOWRA, AT+QICSGP, AT+QITCFG.
2. The execution command only save the corresponding parameters of the foreground context (refer to
AT+QIFGCNT).

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

165 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

3. CSD configuration is not supported at present.

11.23. AT+QIMODE Select TCPIP Transfer Mode


AT+QIMODE

Select TCPIP Transfer Mode

Test Command
AT+QIMODE=?

Response
+QIMODE: (list of supported <mode>s)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Read Command
AT+QIMODE?

Response
+QIMODE: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QIMODE=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

0
1

Normal mode. In this mode, the data should be sent by the command
AT+QISEND
Transparent mode. In this mode, UART will enter data mode after TCP/UDP
connection has been established. In data mode, all input data from UART will be
sent to the remote end. +++ can help to switch data mode to command mode. And
then ATO can help to switch command mode to data mode.

11.24. AT+QITCFG
AT+QITCFG

Configure Transparent Transfer Mode

Configure Transparent Transfer Mode

Test Command
AT+QITCFG=?

Response
+QITCFG: (list of supported <NmRetry>s),(list of supported
<WaitTm>s),(list of supported <SendSz>s),(list of supported
<esc>s)
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

166 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Read Command
AT+QITCFG?

Response
+QITCFG: <NmRetry>,<WaitTm>,<SendSz>,<esc>
OK

Write Command
AT+QITCFG=<NmRetry>,<WaitTm>,<
SendSz>,<esc>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<NmRetry>
<WaitTm>
<SendSz>
<esc>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Number of times to retry to send an IP packet


Number of 100ms intervals to wait for serial input before sending the packet
Size in bytes of data block to be received from serial port before sending
Whether to turn on the escape sequence or not, default is TRUE

NOTES

1. <WaitTm> and <SendSz> are two conditions to send data packet.


2. Firstly, if the length of the input data from UART is greater than or equal to <SendSz>, the TCPIP
stack will send the data by length <SendSz> to the remote.
3. Secondly, if the length of the input data from UART is less than <SendSz>, and the idle time keeps
beyond the time defined by <WaitTm>, the TCPIP stack will send all the data in the buffer to the
remote.
4. This command is invalid when QIMUX is 1.

11.25. AT+QISHOWPT Control Whether or Not to Show the Protocol


Type

AT+QISHOWPT Control Whether or Not to Show the Protocol Type


Test Command
AT+QISHOWPT=?

Response
+QISHOWPT: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QISHOWPT?

Response
+QISHOWPT: <mode>
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

167 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Write Command
AT+QISHOWPT=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

DO NOT show the transport protocol type at the end of header of the received
TCP/UDP data
Show the transport protocol type at the end of header of the received TCP/UDP
data as the following format. IPD(data length)(TCP/UDP):

NOTE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

This command is invalid if QIHEAD was set as 0 by the command AT+QIHEAD=0.

11.26. AT+QIMUX

Control Whether or Not to Enable Multiple TCPIP

Session
AT+QIMUX

Control Whether or Not to Enable Multiple TCPIP Session

Test Command
AT+QIMUX=?

Response
+QIMUX: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QIMUX?

Response
+QIMUX: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QIMUX=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

168 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<mode>

0
1

DO NOT enable multiple TCPIP session at the same time


Enable multiple TCPIP session at the same time

11.27. AT+QISHOWLA Control Whether or Not to Display Local IP


Address

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+QISHOWLA Control Whether or Not to Display Local IP Address


Test Command
AT+QISHOWLA=?

Response
+QISHOWLA: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QISHOWLA?

Response
+QISHOWLA: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QISHOWLA=<mode>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

NOTE

A numeric parameter indicates whether or not to show the destination address before
receiving data.
0
DO NOT show the destination address
1
Show the destination address: TO:<IP ADDRESS>

Because M95 can activate two GPRS contexts at the same time, i.e. M95 can get two local IP addresses.
It is necessary to point out the destination of the received data when two GPRS contexts have been
activated at the same time.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

169 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

11.28. AT+QIFGCNT
AT+QIFGCNT

Select a Context as Foreground Context

Select a Context as Foreground Context

Test Command
AT+QIFGCNT=?

Response
+QIFGCNT: (list of supported <id>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QIFGCNT?

Response
+QIFGCNT: <id>,<channel>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+QIFGCNT=<id>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter

<id>
A numeric indicates which context will be set as foreground context. The range is 0-1
<channel> A numeric indicates which channel is controlling the context <id>
0
VIRTUAL_UART_1
1
VIRTUAL_UART_2
2
VIRTUAL_UART_3
3
VIRTUAL_UART_4
255
The context is not controlled by any channel

NOTE

When CMUX is opened, if the status of the context defined by <id> is not IP_INITIAL and the context is
controlled by the other channel, it will return ERROR.

11.29. AT+QISACK
AT+QISACK

Query the Data Information for Sending

Query the Data Information for Sending

Test Command
AT+QISACK=?

Response
OK

Execution Command

Response

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

170 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

AT+QISACK

+QISACK: <sent>,<acked>,<nAcked>
OK

Write Command
AT+QISACK=<n>

Response
+QISACK: <sent>,<acked>,<nAcked>
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<n>
<sent>
<acked>
<nAcked>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

The index for querying the connection


A numeric indicates the total length of the data that has been sent through the session
A numeric indicates the total length of the data that has been acknowledged by the remote
A numeric indicates the total length of the data that has been sent but not acknowledged by
the remote

NOTES

1. Write command is invalid when QIMUX was set as 0 by the command AT+QIMUX=0.
2. This command could be affected by the command AT+QISRVC. If the QISRVC was set as 1, this
command is used to query the information of sending data during the session in which M95 serves as
a client. If the QISRVC was set as 2, this command is used to query the data information for sending
during the session in which M95 serves as a server.

11.30. AT+QINDI
AT+QINDI

Set the Method to Handle Received TCP/IP Data

Set the Method to Handle Received TCP/IP Data

Test Command
AT+QINDI=?

Response
+QINDI: (list of supported <m>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QINDI?

Response
+QINDI: <m>
OK

Write Command
AT+QINDI=<m>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK

Confidential / Released

171 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

ERROR
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<m>

<id>
<sc>

<sid>

A numeric indicates how the mode handles the received data


0
Output the received data through UART directly. In the case, it probably includes
header at the beginning of a received data packet. Please refer to the commands.
AT+QIHEAD, AT+QISHOWRA, AT+QISHOWPT, AT+QISHOWLA
1
Output a notification statement +QIRDI: <id>,<sc>,<sid> through UART. This
statement will be displayed only one time until all the received data from the
connection (defined by <id>,<sc>,<sid>) have been retrieved by the command
AT+QIRD.<id>
2
Output a notification statement +QIRDI: <id>,<sc>,<sid>,<num>,<len>,<tlen>
through UART. This statement will establish a buffer for each socket, the data
received will be saved in the buffer until it has been retrieved by the command
AT+QIRD, sum lengths of all the buffer is no more than 400K.
A numeric points out which context the connection for the received data is based on.
Please refer to the parameter <id> in the command AT+QIFGCNT. The range is 0-1.
A numeric points out the role of M95 in the connection for the received data.
1
The module serves as the client of the connection
2
The module serves as the server of the connection
A numeric indicates the index of the connection for the received data. The range is 0-5
When QIMUX was set as 0 by the command AT+QIMUX=0, this parameter will be always
0.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

NOTES

1. The length of a package cant exceed 1460 bytes. If it exceeds 1460 bytes, it may be split to two or
more packages.
2. The sum of length of the lengths of all packages received cant exceed 400K bytes.

11.31. AT+QIRD
AT+QIRD

Retrieve the Received TCP/IP Data

Retrieve the Received TCP/IP Data

Test Command
AT+QIRD=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+QIRD: (list of supported <id>s),(list of supported <sc>s),(list
of supported <sid>s),(list of supported <len>s)

Confidential / Released

172 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Write Command
AT+QIRD=<id>,<sc>,<sid>,<len>

Response
[+QIRD:
<ipAddr>:<port>,<type>,<length><CR><LF><data>]
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<id>
<sc>

<sid>

<len>
<ipAddr>
<port>
<type>

<length>
<data>

NOTES

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

A numeric points out which context the connection for the received data is based on.
Please refer to the parameter <id> in the command AT+QIFGCNT. The range is 0-1
A numeric points out the role of M95 in the connection for the received data
1
The module serves as the client of the connection
2
The module serves as the server of the connection
A numeric indicates the index of the connection for the received data. The range is 0-5.
When QIMUX was set as 0 by the command AT+QIMUX=0, this parameter will be always
0
The maximum length of data to be retrieved. The range is 1-1500
The address of the remote end. It is a dotted-decimal IP
The port of the remote end
An alpha string without quotation marks indicates the transport protocol type
TCP
The transport protocol is TCP
UDP
The transport protocol is UDP
The real length of the retrieved data
The retrieved data

1. <id>, <sc> and <sid> are the same as the parameters in the statement +QIRDI: <id>,<sc>,<sid>.
2. If it replies only OK for the write command, it means there is no received data in the buffer of the
connection.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

173 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

11.32. AT+QISDE

Control Whether or Not to Echo the Data for QISEND

AT+QISDE Control Whether or Not to Echo the Data for QISEND


Test Command
AT+QISDE=?

Response
+QISDE: (list of supported <m>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QISDE?

Response
+QISDE: <m>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+QISDE=<m>

Response
OK
ERROR

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<m>

A numeric indicates whether or not to echo the data for AT+QISEND


0
Do not echo the data
1
Echo the data

11.33. AT+QPING
AT+QPING
Test Command
AT+QPING=?

Ping a Remote Server

Ping a Remote Server

Response
+QPING: "HOST",(list of supported <timeout>s),(list of
supported <pingnum>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+QPING=<host>[,[<timeout>][,<p
ingnum>]]

Response
OK

[+QPING:
<result>[,<ipAddr>,<bytes>,<time>,<ttl>]<CR><LF>
]<CR><LF>
+QPING:<finresult>[,<sent>,<rcvd>,<lost>,<min>,<max>,

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

174 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<avg>]
ERROR
Maximum Response Time

Depends on <timeout>.

Reference

Parameter
<host>
<timeout>

The host address in string style. It could be a domain name or a dotted decimal IP address
A numeric gives the maximum time to wait for the response of each ping request. Unit:
second. Range: 1-255. Default: 1
<pingnum> A numeric indicates the maximum time of ping request. Range: 1-10. Default: 4
<result>
The result of each ping request
0
Received the ping response from the server. In the case, it is followed by
,<ipAddr>,<bytes>,<time>,<ttl>
1
Timeout for the ping request. In the case, no other information follows it
<ipAddr>
The IP address of the remote server. It is a dotted decimal IP
<bytes>
The length of sending each ping request
<time>
The time expended to wait for the response for the ping request. Unit: ms
<ttl>
The value of time to live of the response packet for the ping request
<finresult> The final result of the command
2
It is finished normally. It is successful to activate GPRS and find the host. In the
case, it is followed by ,<sent>,<rcvd>,<lost>,<min>,<max>,<avg>
3
The TCP/IP stack is busy now. In the case, no other information follows it
4
Do NOT find the host. In the case, no other information follows it
5
Failed to activate PDP context. In the case, no other information follows it
<sent>
Total number of sending the ping requests
<rcvd>
Total number of the ping requests that received the response
<lost>
Total number of the ping requests that were timeout
<min>
The minimum response time. Unit: ms
<max>
The maximum response time. Unit: ms
<avg>
The average response time. Unit: ms

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

11.34. AT+QNTP Synchronize the Local Time Via NTP


AT+QNTP Synchronize the Local Time Via NTP
Test Command
AT+QNTP=?

Response
+QNTP: SERVER,(list of supported <port>s)
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

175 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Read Command
AT+QNTP?

Response
+QNTP: "<server>",<port>
OK

Execution Command
AT+QNTP

Response
OK
+QNTP: <result>

Write Command
AT+QNTP="<server>"[,<port>]

Response
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
+QNTP: <result>
ERROR

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<server>
<port>
<result>

NOTE

120s, determined by network.

The address of the Time Server in string style. It could be a domain name or a dotted
decimal IP address
The port of the Time Server
The result of time synchronization
0
Successfully synchronize the local time
1
Failed to synchronize the local time because of unknown reason
2
Failed to receive the response from the Time Server
3
The TCP/IP stack is busy now
4
Do Not find the Time Server
5
Failed to activate PDP context

The factory Time Server is the National Time Service Centre of China whose address is "210.72.145.44"
and port is 123.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

176 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

12

Supplementary Service Commands

12.1. AT+CCFC
AT+CCFC

Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control

Test Command
AT+CCFC=?

Response
+CCFC: (list of supported <reads>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+CCFC=<reads>,<mode>[,<numbe
r>[,<type>[,<class>[,<subaddr>[,<sat
ype>[,time]]]]]]

Response
TA controls the call forwarding supplementary service.
Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status
query are supported.
Only ,<reads> and <mode> should be entered with mode
(0-2,4)
If <mode><>2 and command successful:
OK

If <mode>=2 and command successful (only in connection


with <reads> 0 3)
For registered call forwarding numbers:
+CCFC: <status>, <class1>[, <number>, <type>
[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<time>]]] [<CR><LF>+CCFC: ....]
OK

If no call forwarding numbers are registered (and therefore all


classes are inactive):
+CCFC: <status>, <class>
OK
where <status>=0 and <class>=15
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

300ms

Confidential / Released

177 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<reads>

0
Unconditional
1
Mobile busy
2
No reply
3
Not reachable
4
All call forwarding (0-3)
5
All conditional call forwarding (1-3)
<mode>
0
Disable
1
Enable
2
Query status
3
Registration
4
Erasure
<number> Phone number in string type of forwarding address in format specified by <type>
<type>
Type of address in integer format; default value is 145 when dialing string includes
international access code character +, otherwise 129
<subaddr> String type sub-address of format specified by <satype>
<satype>
Type of sub-address in integer
<class>
1
Voice
2
Data
4
FAX
7
All telephony except SMS
8
Short message service
16
Data circuit sync
32
Data circuit async
<time>
130 When no reply (<reads>=no reply) is enabled or queried, this gives the time in
seconds to wait before call is forwarded, default value is 20
<status>
0
Not active
1
Active

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CCFC=0,3,15021012496

OK
AT+CCFC=0,2
+CCFC: 1,1,"+8615021012496",145

//Register the destination number for unconditional call


forwarding (CFU)
//Query the status of CFU without specifying <class>

+CCFC: 1,4,"+8615021012496",145
+CCFC: 1,32,"+8615021012496",145

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

178 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

+CCFC: 1,16,"+8615021012496",145
OK
AT+CCFC=0,4
OK
AT+CCFC=0,2
+CCFC: 0,7

//Erase the registered CFU destination number


//Query the status, no destination number

OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

12.2. AT+CCUG
AT+CCUG

Closed User Group Control

Closed User Group Control

Test Command
AT+CCUG=?
Read Command
AT+CCUG?

Response
OK

Response
+CCUG: <n>,<index>,<info>
OK

Write Command
AT+CCUG=[<n>][,<index>[,<info>]]

Response
TA sets the closed user group supplementary service
parameters as a default adjustment for all following calls.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>
<index>
<info>

0
1
0...9
10
0
1
2
3

300ms

Disable CUG
Enable CUG
CUG index
No index (preferred CUG taken from subscriber data)
Bo information
Suppress OA (Outgoing Access)
Suppress preferential CUG
Suppress OA and preferential CUG

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

179 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

12.3. AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control


AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control
Test Command
AT+CCWA=?

Response
+CCWA: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CCWA?

Response
+CCWA: <n>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+CCWA=[<n>][,<mode>[,<class>]]

Response
TA controls the call waiting supplementary service. Activation,
deactivation and status query are supported.
If <mode><>2 and command successful:
OK
If <mode>=2 and command successful:
+CCWA:
<status>,<class1>[<CR><LF>+CCWA:<status>,<class2>[.
..]]
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>
<mode>

<class>

300ms

0
Disable presentation of an unsolicited result code
1
Enable presentation of an unsolicited result code
When <mode> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated
0
Disable
1
Enable
2
Query status
A sum of integers, each integer represents a class of information
1
Voice (telephony)
2
Data (bearer service)

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

180 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<status>

4
16
32
0
1

FAX (facsimile)
Data circuit sync
Data circuit async
Disable
Enable

NOTES
1. <status>=0 should be returned only if service is not active for any <class> i.e. +CCWA: 0, 7 will be
returned in this case.
2. When <mode>=2, all active call waiting classes will be reported. In this mode the command is
aborted by pressing any key.
3. Unsolicited result code
When the presentation call waiting at the TA is enabled (and call waiting is enabled) and a terminating
call set up during an established call, an unsolicited result code is returned:
+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>[,<alpha>]
Parameters
<number> Phone number in string type of calling address in format specified by <type>
<type>
Type of address octet in integer format
129
Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145
International number type (ISDN format )
<alpha>
Optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the
entry found in phone book

Example
AT+CCWA=1,1
OK
ATD10086;
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Enable presentation of an unsolicited result code
//Establish a call

+CCWA: "02154450293",129,1

12.4. AT+CHLD
AT+CHLD

//Indication of a call that has been waiting

Call Hold and Multiparty

Call Hold and Multiparty

Test Command
AT+CHLD=?

Response
+CHLD: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

181 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Write Command
AT+CHLD=[<n>]

Response
TA controls the supplementary services call hold, multiparty
and explicit call transfer. Calls can be put on hold, recovered,
released, added to conversation and transferred.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>

1
1X
2
2X
3

NOTE

300ms

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Terminate all held calls or UDUB (User Determined User Busy) for a waiting call. If
a call is waiting, terminate the waiting call. Otherwise, terminate all held calls (if
any)
Terminate all active calls (if any) and accept the other call (waiting call or held
call). It cannot terminate active call if there is only one call
Terminate the specific call number X (X=1-7)(active, waiting or held)
Place all active calls on hold (if any) and accept the other call (waiting call or held
call) as the active call
Place all active calls except call X (X=1-7) on hold
Add the held call to the active calls

These supplementary services are only available to the teleservice 11 (Speech: Telephony).

Example
ATD10086;
OK

+CCWA: "02154450293",129,1
AT+CHLD=2

//Establish a call

//Indication of a call that has been waiting


//Place the active call on hold and accept the waiting call
as the active call

OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,"10086",129,""

//The first call on hold

+CLCC: 2,1,0,0,0,"02154450293",129,""

//The second call becomes active

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

182 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
AT+CHLD=21
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"10086",129,""

//Place the active call except call X=1 on hold

//The first call becomes active

+CLCC: 2,1,1,0,1,"02154450293",129,""

//The second call on hold

OK
AT+CHLD=3

//Add a held call to the active calls in order to set up a


conference (multiparty) call

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,1,"10086",129,""

+CLCC: 2,1,0,0,1,"02154450293",129,""
OK

12.5. AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation


AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation
Test Command
AT+CLIP=?

Response
+CLIP: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CLIP?

Response
+CLIP: <n>,<m>
OK

Write Command
AT+CLIP=[<n>]

Response
TA enables or disables the presentation of the calling line
identity (CLI) at the TE. It has no effect on the execution of the
supplementary service CLIP in the network.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

15s, determined by network.

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

183 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>
<m>

NOTE

0
1
0
1
2

Suppress unsolicited result codes


Display unsolicited result codes
CLIP not provisioned
CLIP provisioned
Unknown

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Unsolicited result code


When the presentation of the CLI at the TE is enabled (and calling subscriber allows), an unsolicited
result code is returned after every RING (or +CRING: <type>) at a mobile terminating call.
+CLIP: <number>, <type>,"",,<alphaId>,<CLI validity>
Parameters
<number>
Phone number in string type of calling address in format specified by <type>
<type>
Type of address octet in integer format;
129
Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145
International number type (ISDN format )
<alphaId>
String type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry
found in phone book
<CLI validity> 0
CLI valid
1
CLI has been withheld by the originator
2
CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating
network

Example

AT+CPBW=1,"02151082965",129,"QUECTEL"
OK
AT+CLIP=1
OK
RING

+CLIP: "02151082965",129,"",,"",0

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

184 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

12.6. AT+QCLIP Display the +CLIP Number Name


AT+QCLIP Display the +CLIP Number Name
Test Command
AT+QCLIP=?

Response
+CLIP: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QCLIP?

Response
+CLIP: <n>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+QCLIP=<n>

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>

NOTE

0
1

15s, determined by network.

Not display the number name


Display the number name

This command take effective after setting AT+CLIP=1

Example

AT+CPBW=1,"02151082965",129,"QUECTEL"
OK
AT+QCLIP=1
OK
AT+CLIP=1
OK
RING
+CLIP: "02151082965",129,"",,"QUECTEL",0

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

185 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

12.7. AT+CLIR

Calling Line Identification Restriction

AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction


Test Command
AT+CLIR=?

Response
+CLIR: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CLIR?

Response
+CLIR: <n>,<m>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+CLIR=[<n>]

Response
TA restricts or enables the presentation of the calling line
identity (CLI) to the called party when originating a call.
The command overrides the CLIR subscription (default is
restricted or allowed) when temporary mode is provisioned as
a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This
adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite Command.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>

<m>

15s, determined by network

(Parameter sets the adjustment for outgoing calls)


0
Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service
1
CLIR invocation
2
CLIR suppression
(Parameter shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network)
0
CLIR not provisioned
1
CLIR provisioned in permanent mode
2
Unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
3
CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted
4
CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

186 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

12.8. AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation


AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation
Test Command
AT+COLP=?

Response
+COLP: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+COLP?

Response
+COLP: <n>,<m>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+COLP=[<n>]

Response
TA enables or disables the presentation of the COL
(Connected Line) at the TE for a mobile originating a call. It
has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service
COLR in the network.
Intermediate result code is returned from TA to TE before any
+CR or V.25ter responses.
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>

<m>

15s, determined by network.

(Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA)


0
Disable
1
Enable
(Parameter shows the subscriber COLP service status in the network)
0
COLP not provisioned
1
COLP provisioned
2
Unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)

NOTE
Intermediate result code
When enabled (and called subscriber allows), an intermediate result code is returned before any +CR or
V.25ter responses:
+COLP: <number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype> [,<alpha>]]
Parameters

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

187 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

<number>
<type>

Phone number in string type, format specified by <type>


Type of address octet in integer format
129
Unknown type(IDSN format number)
145
International number type(ISDN format )
String type sub-address of format specified by <satype>
Type of sub-address octet in integer format (refer to GSM 04.08 sub clause 10.5.4.8)
Optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the
entry found in phone book

<subaddr>
<satype>
<alpha>

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CPBW=1,"02151082965",129,"QUECTEL"
OK
AT+COLP=1
OK
ATD02151082965;
+COLP: "02151082965",129,"",0,""
OK

12.9. AT+QCOLP Display the +COLP Number Name


AT+QCOLP Display the +COLP Number Name
Test Command
AT+QCOLP=?

Response
+COLP: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QCOLP?

Response
+COLP: <n>
OK

Write Command
AT+QCOLP=<n>

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time

15s, determined by network.

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>

Do not display the number name

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

188 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Display the number name

NOTE
This command take effective after setting AT+COLP=1

Example
AT+CPBW=1,"02151082965",129,"QUECTEL"
OK
AT+QCOLP=1
OK
AT+COLP=1
OK
ATD02151082965;
+COLP: "02151082965",129,"",0,"QUECTEL"
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

12.10. AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data


AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
Test Command
AT+CUSD=?

Response
+CUSD: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CUSD?

Response
+CUSD: <n>
OK

Write Command
AT+CUSD=[<n>[,<str>[,<dcs>]]

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time

120s, determined by network.

Reference
GSM 07.07

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

189 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<n>

A numeric parameter which indicates control of the unstructured supplementary service data
0
Disable the result code presentation in the TA
1
Enable the result code presentation in the TA
2
Cancel session (not applicable to read command response)
<str> String type USSD-string
<dcs> Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default 0)

Example

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

AT+CSCS=UCS2
OK
AT+CUSD=1,"002A0031003000300023"
+CUSD:
1,"0031002E59296C14000A0032002E65B095FB000A0033002E8BC15238000A0034002E5F6979680
00A0035002E751F6D3B000A0036002E5A314E50000A0037002E5E385DDE98CE91C7000A002A002
E900051FA000A", 72
OK

12.11. AT+CSSN

Supplementary Services Notification

AT+CSSN Supplementary Services Notification


Test Command
AT+CSSN=?

Response
+CSSN: (list of supported <n>s), (list of supported <m>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CSSN?

Response
+CSSN: <n>,<m>
OK

Write Command
AT+CSSN=[<n>[,<m>]]

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

190 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<n>

<m>

<code1>

<index>
<code2>

A numeric parameter which indicates whether to show the +CSSI:<code1>[,<index>]


result code presentation status after a mobile originated call setup
0
Disable
1
Enable
A numeric parameter which indicates whether to show the +CSSU:<code2> result code
presentation status during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call, or when a
forward check supplementary service notification is received
0
Disable
1
Enable
0
Unconditional call forwarding is active
1
Some of the conditional call forwarding are active
2
Call has been forwarded
3
Call is waiting
4
This is a CUG call (also <index> present)
5
Outgoing calls are barred
6
Incoming calls are barred
7
CLIR suppression rejected
Closed user group index
0
This is a forwarded call

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

191 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

13

Audio Commands

13.1. ATL Set Monitor Speaker Loudness

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

ATL Set Monitor Speaker Loudness


Execution Command
ATL<value>

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<value>

0
1
2
3

NOTE

Low speaker volume


Low speaker volume
Medium speaker volume
High speaker volume

The two commands ATL and ATM are implemented only for V.25 compatibility reasons and have no
effect.

13.2. ATM
ATM

Set Monitor Speaker Mode

Set Monitor Speaker Mode

Execution Command
ATM<value>

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

192 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<value>

0
1
2

Speaker is always off


Speaker is on until TA inform TE that carrier has been detected
Speaker is always on when TA is off-hook

NOTE
The two commands ATL and ATM are implemented only for V.25 compatibility reasons and have no
effect.

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

13.3. AT+VTD
AT+VTD

Tone Duration

Tone Duration

Test Command
AT+VTD=?

Response
+VTD: ( list of supported <internalduration>s )[,( list of
supported <duration>s )]
OK

Read Command
AT+VTD?

Response
+VTD: <internalduration>,<duration>
OK

Write Command
AT+VTD=<internalduration>[,<duratio
n>]

Response
This command refers to an integer <internalduration> that
defines the length of tones emitted as a result of the +VTS
command. This does not affect the D command.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter

<internalduration>
<duration>

1-255
0
1-100000

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Duration between two tones, unit is100ms


Do not set duration of every single tone.
Duration of every single tone, unit is 1ms

Confidential / Released

193 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

13.4. AT+VTS
AT+VTS

DTMF and Tone Generation

DTMF and Tone Generation

Test Command
AT+VTS=?

Response
+VTS: (list of supported <dtmf>s), ,(list of supported
<duration>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+VTS=<dtmf-string>

Response
This command allows the transmission of DTMF tones and
arbitrary tones in voice mode. These tones may be used (for
example) when announcing the start of a recording period.
OK

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<dtmf-string>

<duration>

Example
ATD10086;
OK
AT+VTS=1
OK

Depends on the length of <dtmf-string>.

It has a max length of 20 characters, must be entered between double quotes (" ") and
consists of combinations of the following separated by commas. But a single character
does not require quotes.
1) <dtmf>
A single ASCII characters in the set 0-9, #,*, A-D. This is
interpreted as a sequence of DTMF tones whose duration
is set by the +VTD command
2) {<dtmf>, <duration>} This is interpreted as a DTMF tone whose duration is
determined by <duration>
Duration of the tone, unit is 100ms, range: 1-255

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

//Establish a call

//Send a single DTMF tone according to the prompts of voice

Confidential / Released

194 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

13.5. AT+CALM
AT+CALM

Alert Sound Mode

Alert Sound Mode

Test Command
AT+CALM=?

Response
+CALM: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CALM?

Response
+CALM: <mode>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+CALM=<mode>

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<mode>

0
1

300ms

Normal mode
Silent mode (all sounds from ME are prevented)

13.6. AT+CRSL Ringer Sound Level


AT+CRSL Ringer Sound Level
Test Command
AT+CRSL=?

Response
+CRSL: (list of supported <level>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CRSL?

Response
+CRSL: <level>
OK

Write Command
AT+CRSL=<level>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK

Confidential / Released

195 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<level>

Integer type value (0-100) with manufacturer specific range (Smallest value represents the
lowest sound level)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

13.7. AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level


AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level
Test Command
AT+CLVL=?

Response
+CLVL: (list of supported <level>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CLVL?

Response
+CLVL: <level>
OK

Write Command
AT+CLVL=<level>

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<level>

300ms

Integer type value (0-100) with manufacturer specific range (Smallest value represents
the lowest sound level)

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

196 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

13.8. AT+CMUT Mute Control


AT+CMUT

Mute Control

Test Command
AT+CMUT=?

Response
+CMUT: (list of supported <n>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+CMUT?

Response
+CMUT: <n>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Write Command
AT+CMUT=<n>

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<n>

0
1

NOTE

300ms

Mute off
Mute on

This command is to mute the uplink.

13.9. AT+QSIDET
AT+QSIDET

Change the Side Tone Gain Level

Change the Side Tone Gain Level

Test Command
AT+QSIDET=?

Response
+QSIDET: (list of supported <gainlevel>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QSIDET?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+QSIDET(NORMAL_AUDIO): <gainlevel>

Confidential / Released

197 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
+QSIDET(HEADSET_AUDIO): <gainlevel>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSIDET=<gainlevel>

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<gainlevel>

300ms

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Range is 0-255

NOTE

<gainlevel> value is related to specific channel.

13.10. AT+QMIC
AT+QMIC

Change the Microphone Gain Level

Change the Microphone Gain Level

Test Command
AT+QMIC=?

Response
+QMIC: (list of supported <channel>s, (list of supported
<gainlevel>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QMIC?

Response
+QMIC:
<gainlevel(Normal_Mic)>,<gainlevel(Headset_Mic)>,<gai
nlevel(Loudspeaker_Mic)>
OK

Write Command
AT+QMIC=<channel>,<gainlevel>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK

Confidential / Released

198 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<channel>

<gainlevel>

0
Normal microphone
1
Headset microphone
2
Loudspeaker microphone
Range is 0-15

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

13.11. AT+QLDTMF Generate Local DTMF Tones


AT+QLDTMF Generate Local DTMF Tones
Test Command
AT+QLDTMF=?

Response
+QLDTMF: (list of supported <durations>s , (list of
supported <DTMF string>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+QLDTMF=<n>[,<DTMF string>]

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Execution Command
AT+QLDTMF

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time

Depends on the length of <DTMF string>.

Reference

Parameter
<durations>

A numeric parameter(1-1000) which indicates the duration of all DTMF tones in


<DTMF string> in 1/10 seconds
<DTMF string> A string parameter which has a max length of 20 DTMF characters (single ASCII chars
in the set 0-9,#,*,A-D), separated by commas

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

199 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

NOTE
Aborts any DTMF tones that are generated currently and any DTMF tones sequence.

13.12. AT+QAUDCH
AT+QAUDCH
Test Command
AT+QAUDCH=?

Swap the Audio Channels

Swap the Audio Channels


Response
+QAUDCH: (list of supported <n>s)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

Read Command
AT+QAUDCH?

Response
+QAUDCH: <n>
OK

Write Command
AT+QAUDCH=[<n>]

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<n>

0
1
2

Normal audio channel (default)


Headset audio channel
Loudspeaker audio

13.13. AT+QLTONE
AT+QLTONE

300ms

Generate Local Specific Tone

Generate Local Specific Tone

Test Command
AT+QLTONE=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+QLTONE: (list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported
<frequency>s), (list of supported <periodOn>s), (list of
supported <periodOff>s), (list of supported <duration>s)

Confidential / Released

200 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Write Command
AT+QLTONE=<mode>,<frequency>,<
periodOn>,<periodOff>,<duration>

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

Depends on the content of the play.

Reference

Parameter
<mode>
<frequency>
<periodOn>
<periodOff>
<duration>

NOTE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
0
Stop playing tone
1
Start playing tone
The frequency of tone to be generated
The period of generating tone
The period of stopping tone
Duration of tones in milliseconds

When playing tone, module will continuously play for <periodOn>, then stop playing for <periodOff> in a
cycle. The total time of cycles is <duration>.

13.14. AT+QTONEP Set DTMF Output Path


AT+QTONEP Set DTMF Output Path
Test Command
AT+QTONEP=?

Response
+QTONEP: (list of supported <outputpath>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QTONEP?

Response
+QTONEP: <n>
OK

Write Command
AT+QTONEP=<outputpath>

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

201 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<outputpath>

NOTE

Output path
0
Output DTMF or tone from Normal speaker
1
Output DTMF or tone from Headset speaker
2
Output DTMF or tone from Loud speaker
3
Auto

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Set AT+QTONEP=3, output DTMF or tone from default speak path. For more details, consult
AT+QAUDCH.

13.15. AT+QTDMOD Set Tone Detection Mode


AT+QTDMOD Set Tone Detection Mode
Test Command
AT+QTDMOD=?

Response
+QTDMOD: (list of supported <operatefuntion>s),(list of
supported <funtionstatus>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QTDMOD?

Response
+QTDMOD: <operatefuntion>,<funtionstatus>
OK

Write Command
AT+QTDMOD=<operatefuntion>,<funt
ionstatus>

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

202 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Parameter
<operatefuntion> Operate function
1
Set detection range
2
Set detection mode
<funtionstatus> Function status
0
When set <operatefuntion>=1, detect all DTMF, including 1400 and 2300
handshake signal. When set <operatefuntion>=2, detect DTMF tone by
normal arithmetic
1
When set <operatefuntion>=1, only detect 1400 and 2300 handshake signal
by using optimal arithmetic. When set <operatefuntion>=2, detect long
continuous DTMF tone by using optimal arithmetic
2
When set <operatefuntion>=1, not detected 1400Hz and 2300Hz handshake
signal.

NOTES

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

1. Set AT+QTDMOD=1,0, detect all DTMF, including 1400Hz and 2300Hz handshake signal.
2. Set AT+QTDMOD=1,1, only detect 1400Hz and 2300Hz handshake signal by using optimal
arithmetic.
3. Set AT+QTDMOD=1,2, detect all DTMF, not including 1400Hz and 2300Hz handshake signal.
4. Set AT+QTDMOD=2,0, detect DTMF tone by using normal arithmetic.
5. Set AT+QTDMOD=2,1, detect long continuous DTMF tone by using optimal arithmetic.
6. Consult AT+QTONEDET.

13.16. AT+QTONEDET
AT+QTONEDET

Detect DTMF

Detect DTMF

Test Command
AT+QTONEDET=?

Response
+QTONEDET: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QTONEDET?

Response
+QTONEDET: <mode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QTONEDET=<mode >[,<operate>]
[,<prefixpause>][,<lowthreshold>][,<h
ighthreshold>]

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Confidential / Released

203 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Open after successful DTMF tone is detected, will be


reported:
+QTONEDET: <dtmfcode>[,< persistencetime>]
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Mode function
0
Close tone detection
1
Open tone detection
2
Configure 1400Hz or 2300Hz detection threshold, duration of which is 100ms
3
Configure 1400Hz and 2300Hz 400ms detection threshold
4
Configure DTMF detection threshold
5
Open debug
<operate>
Operate value
When <mode>=2, <operate> set as follows
0
Query threshold values, these values are 1400Hz and 2300Hz detection
threshold, each duration of which is 100ms.
1
Set threshold values, these values are 1400Hz and 2300Hz 100ms detection
threshold.
When <mode>=3, <operate> set as follows
0
Query threshold values, these values are 1400Hz and 2300Hz 400ms detect
threshold.
1
Set threshold values, these values are 1400Hz and 2300Hz 400ms detect
threshold.
When <mode>=4, <operate > set as follows
0
Query threshold values, these values are detection threshold
1
Set threshold values, these values are DTMF detection threshold
When <mode>=5, <param1> set as follows
0
Working status, default value, report +QTONEDET: x,x, please refer to Note3
1
Debug status, only report +QTONEDTD:x,x, debug information (refer to
Note2).
2
Debug status and working status, report +QTONEDTD: x,x, debug
information (refer to Note2) and +QTONEDET:x,x, please refer to Note 3.
<prefixpause> Prefix pause number
<lowthreshold> Low threshold value
<highthreshold> High threshold value
<dtmfcode>
DTMF tone code corresponding ASSCII
48
DTMF 0
49
DTMF 1

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

204 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
65
66
67
68
42
35
69
70
<persistencetime>
100
400

NOTES

DTMF 2
DTMF 3
DTMF 4
DTMF 5
DTMF 6
DTMF 7
DTMF 8
DTMF 9
DTMF A
DTMF B
DTMF C
DTMF D
DTMF *
DTMF #
1400Hz frequency
2300Hz frequency

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
100ms of the tone is detected, only 1400Hz and 2300 Hz
400ms of the tone is detected, only 1400Hz and 2300 Hz

1. Available during voice call.


2. If the duration of DTMF tone is within the value range of low and high threshold value, its effective unit
is 20ms.
3. When in debug mode, report +QTONEDTD: <dtmfcode>,<weak>,<strong>,<pause_f7>,
<pause_dtmf>,<pause_unkown>,<framecnt>.
4. When report as follow:
+QTONEDET: 50
Detected DTMF 2
+QTONEDET: 69,100 Detected 100ms of 1400Hz
+QTONEDET: 70,100 Detected 100ms of 2300Hz
+QTONEDET: 69,400 Detected 400ms of 1400Hz
+QTONEDET: 70,400 Detected 400ms of 2300Hz
5. Consult AT+QTDMOD.

13.17. AT+QWDTMF
AT+QWDTMF

Play DTMF Tone During the Call

Play DTMF Tone During the Call

Test Command
AT+QWDTMF=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+QWDTMF: (list of supported <ul_volume>s),(list of
supported<dl_volume>s),(<dtmfcode>,<continuancetime

Confidential / Released

205 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

>,<mutetime>),(list of
supported <mode>s)

supported

<channel>s),(list

of

OK
Write Command
AT+QWDTMF=<ul_volume>,<dl_volu
me>,(<dtmfcode>,<continuancetime
>,<mutetime>)[,<channel>][,<mode>
]

Response
If success is related to ME functionality:
+QWDTMF: 5
OK
If fail is related to ME functionality:
+QWDTMF: <playcode>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<ul_volume>
<dl_volume>
<dtmfcode>

Depends on the content of the play.

0~7, uplink channel of the volume


0~7, downlink channel of the volume, recommended to set 0
The DTMF tone strings
'0'
DTMF 0
'1'
DTMF 1
'2'
DTMF 2
'3'
DTMF 3
'4'
DTMF 4
'5'
DTMF 5
'6'
DTMF 6
'7'
DTMF 7
'8'
DTMF 8
'9'
DTMF 9
'A'
DTMF A
'B'
DTMF B
'C'
DTMF C
'D'
DTMF D
'*'
DTMF *
'#'
DTMF #
E
Frequency of 1400Hz

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

206 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

F
Frequency of 2300Hz
G
Frequency of 1KHz
<continuancetime> Duration of each DTMF tone, unit is ms
<mutetime>
Mute time, unit is ms
<channel>
0
Normal audio channel
1
Headset audio channel
2
Loudspeaker audio
<mode>
0
Algorithm 1 (Default)
1
Algorithm 2
<playcode>
Indicate status of sending DTMF
If <playcode> is 5, it means sending DTMF successfully
If <playcode> is not 5, it means sending DTMF unsuccessfully

NOTES

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

1. AT+QWDTMF=7,0,0A5,50,50,1,55,50,23,100,50
Send DTMF 0 for 50ms, mute 50ms; send DTMF A for 50ms, mute 50ms; send DTMF 5 for 50ms,
mute 50ms; send DTMF 1 for 55ms, mute 50ms; send DTMF 2 for 100ms, mute 50ms; send
DTMF 3 for 100ms, mute 50ms.
2. <channel> is available for non-call.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

207 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

14

Hardware Related Commands

14.1. AT+CCLK
AT+CCLK

Clock

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Clock

Test Command
AT+CCLK=?
Read Command
AT+CCLK?

Response
OK

Response
+CCLK: <time>
OK

Write Command
AT+CCLK=<time>

Response
OK

If error is related to ME functionality:


+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<time>

Example

300ms

String type value; format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz", where characters indicate year (two
last digits),month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the difference,
expressed in quarters of an hour, between the local time and GMT; range -48...+48). E.g.
May 6th, 1994, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours equals to "94/05/06,22:10:00+08"

AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "08/01/04, 00:19:43+00"

//Query the local time

OK

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

208 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

14.2. AT+QALARM
AT+QALARM

Set Alarm

Set Alarm

Test Command
AT+QALARM=?

Response
+QALARM: (list of supported <state>s), "DATE,TIME",(list
of supported <repeat>s),(list of supported <power>s)
OK

Write Command
AT+QALARM=<state>,<time>,<repeat
>,<power>

Response
OK
ERROR

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<state>

<time>

<repeat>

<power>

300ms

An integer parameter which indicates whether or not to enable alarm


0
CLEAR ALARM
1
SET ALARM
A string parameter which indicates the time when an alarm arises. The format is
yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+-zz where characters indicate the last two digits of year, month, day,
hour, minute, second and time zone. The time zone is expressed in quarters of an hour
between the local time and GMT, ranging from -48 to +48
An integer parameter which indicates the repeat mode
0
None
1
Daily
2
Weekly
3
Monthly
An integer parameter which indicates the method of controlling power when alarm arises
0
None. Only send ALARM RING to serial port
1
Alarm power off. Send ALARM RING to serial port and power off in 5 seconds
2
Alarm power on. Send ALARM MODE to serial port and enter into alarm mode

NOTE
In alarm mode, protocol stack and SIM protocol are closed, only a few AT command can be executed, and
system will be powered down after 90 seconds, if neither power key is pressed nor functionality is
changed to full functionality. If power key is pressed, system will be powered down right now.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

209 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

14.3. AT+CBC
AT+CBC

Battery Charge

Battery Charge

Test Command
AT+CBC=?

Response
+CBC: (list of supported
<bcl>s),(voltage)

<bcs>s),(list

of

supported

OK
Execution Command
AT+CBC

Response
+CBC: <bcs>, <bcl>,<voltage>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time


Reference
GSM 07.07

Parameter
<bcs>

<bcl>
<voltage>

300ms

Charge status
0
ME is not charging
1
ME is charging
2
Charging has finished
Battery connection level
0...100
Battery has 0-100 percent of capacity remaining vent
Battery voltage (mV)

NOTE

As M95 doesnt support battery charge, the <bcs> and <bcl> is invalid while the <voltage> still
represents the correct voltage of VBATT.

14.4. AT+QSCLK
AT+QSCLK

Configure Slow Clock

Configure Slow Clock

Test Command
AT+QSCLK=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+QSCLK: (list of supported <n>s)

Confidential / Released

210 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Read Command
AT+QSCLK?

Response
+QSCLK: <n>
OK

Write Command
AT+QSCLK=<n>

Response
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<n>

0
1
2

NOTE

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Disable slow clock
Enable slow clock, it is controlled by DTR
When there is no data on serial port in 5 seconds, module will enter into sleep
mode. Otherwise, it will exit from sleep mode.

In mode 2, the first UART data module received in sleep mode will be discarded as it is used to wake up
module. Its suggested to send an extra AT command to wake up the module first, and then continue to
send other commands.

14.5. AT+QTEMP Query the Current Voltage and Temperature


AT+QTEMP Query the Current Voltage and Temperature
Test Command
AT+QTEMP=?

Response
+QTEMP: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QTEMP?

Response
+QTEMP: <mode>,<voltage>,<temperature>
OK

Write Command
AT+QTEMP=<mode>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>

Confidential / Released

211 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<mode>

0
Disable
1
Enable
The current voltage of the temperature sensitive resistor (mV)
The current temperature of the temperature sensitive resistor

<voltage>
<temperature>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

14.6. AT+QLEDMODE Configure the Network LED Patterns


AT+QLEDMODE

Configure the Network LED Patterns

Test Command
AT+QLEDMODE=?

Response
+QLEDMODE: (list of supported <ledmode>s)
OK

Read Command
AT+QLEDMODE?

Response

+QLEDMODE: <ledmode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QLEDMODE=<ledmode>

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

Parameter
<ledmode>

0
1
2

Network LED flashes rapidly when a call is ringing


No effect on the Network LED when a call is ringing
No effect on the Network LED when a call is ringing, and RI will not change
when URC reported until the ringing ends

NOTE
Please restart the module after the command is set.

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

212 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

15

Others Commands

15.1. A/

Re-issues the Last Command Given

A/

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Re-issues the Last Command Given

Execution Command
A/

Response
Re-issues the previous command

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

NOTE

This command does not work when the serial multiplexer is active. It does not have to end with
terminating character.

Example
AT
OK
A/
OK

//Re-issues the previous command

15.2. ATE
ATE

Set Command Echo Mode

Set Command Echo Mode

Execution Command
ATE[<value>]

Response
This setting determines whether or not the TA echoes
characters received from TE during command state.
OK

Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

213 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

V.25ter

Parameter
<value>

0
1

15.3. ATS3
ATS3

Echo mode off


Echo mode on

Set Command Line Termination Character

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Set Command Line Termination Character

Read Command
ATS3?

Response
<n>
OK

Write Command
ATS3=<n>

Response
This parameter setting determines the character recognized
by TA to terminate an incoming command line. The TA also
returns this character in output.
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

0-13-127

15.4. ATS4
ATS4

300ms

Command line termination character (Default 13=<CR>)

Set Response Formatting Character

Set Response Formatting Character

Read Command
ATS4?

Response
<n>
OK

Write Command
ATS4=<n>

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
This parameter setting determines the character generated

Confidential / Released

214 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

by the TA for result code and information text.


OK
Maximum Response Time

300ms

Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

0-10-127

15.5. ATS5
ATS5

Response formatting character (Default 10=<LF>)

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Set Command Line Editing Character

Set Command Line Editing Character

Read Command
ATS5?

Response
<n>
OK

Write Command
ATS5=<n>

Response
This parameter setting determines the character recognized
by TA as a request to delete the immediately preceding
character from the command line.
OK

Maximum Response Time


Reference
V.25ter

Parameter
<n>

0-8-127

300ms

Response editing character (Default 8=<Backspace>)

15.6. AT+QRIMODE
AT+QRIMODE

Set RI Time

Set RI Time

Test Command
AT+QRIMODE=?

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Response
+QRIMODE: (list of supported <timemode>s)

Confidential / Released

215 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

OK
Read Command
AT+QRIMODE?

Response
+QRIMODE: <timemode>
OK

Write Command
AT+QRIMODE=<timemode>

Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Maximum Response Time


Reference

Parameter
<timemode>

300ms

Time mode
0
Receive SMS, RI 120ms low pulse, other URC RI 120ms low pulse
1
Receive SMS, RI 120ms low pulse, other URC RI 50ms low pulse
2
When a SMS is received, RI changes to LOW and holds low level for 120ms,
other URC RI take no effect

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

216 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

16

Appendix

16.1. Related Documents

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Table 4: Related Documents


SN

Document Name

Remark

[1]

V.25ter

Serial asynchronous automatic dialing and control

GSM 07.07

Digital cellular telecommunications (Phase 2+); AT


command set for GSM Mobile Equipment (ME)

[3]

GSM 07.05

Use of Data Terminal Equipment - Data Circuit


terminating Equipment (DTE- DCE) interface for
Short Message Service (SMS) and Cell Broadcast
Service (CBS)

[4]

GSM 07.10

Support GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol

[5]

Quectel_GSM_TCPIP_Application_Note

GSM TCPIP Application Note

[6]

Quectel_GPRS_Startup_User_Guide

GPRS Startup User Guide

[7]

Quectel_GSM_MUX_Application_Note

MUX Application Note

[8]

Quectel_SMS_Application_Note

SMS Application Note

[2]

16.2. Terms and Abbreviations


Table 5: Terms and Abbreviations
Abbreviation

Description

AMR

Adaptive Multi-Rate

ME

Mobile Equipment

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

217 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

TA

Terminal Adapter

MS

Mobile Station

DCE

Data Communication Equipment

TE

Terminal Equipment

DTE

Data Terminal Equipment

RTS/CTS

Request To Send/Clear To Send

GPRS
DCD
DTR
CSD
PSC
PDP
TCP
UDP

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
General Packet Radio Service
Dynamic Content Delivery
Data Terminal Ready
Circuit Switch Data

Primary Synchronization Code


Packet Data Protocol

Transmission Control Protocol


User Datagram Protocol

16.3. Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F


Table 6: Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
AT Command

Parameters

Factory Defaults

<value>

<n>

ATS0

<n>

ATS3

<n>

13

ATS4

<n>

10

ATS5

<n>

ATE
ATQ

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

218 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

ATS6

<n>

ATS7

<n>

60

ATS8

<n>

ATS10

<n>

15

ATV

<value>

ATX

<value>

AT&C

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
<value>

<value>

<value>

<n>

<n>,<index>,<info>

0,0,0

<chset>

GSM

<type>

129

<n>

<mode>

<iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>,<Ver
1>,<T4>

61,61,128,6,0,3

<level>

When AT+QAUDCH=0, the default


value is 60
When AT+QAUDCH=1, the default
value is 40
When AT+QAUDCH=2, the default
value is 35

<level>

55

AT+QSIDET

<gainlevel>

When AT+QAUDCH=0, the default


value is 80
When AT+QAUDCH=1, the default
value is 144

AT+QMIC

<gainlevel>,<gainlevel>,<gainl
evel>

4,9,8

AT+QDISH

<disableath>

AT&D
AT+ILRR
AT+CREG
AT+CCUG
AT+CSCS
AT+CSTA
AT+CMEE
AT+CR
AT+CRLP

AT+CLVL

AT+CRSL

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

219 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

AT+CUSD

<n>

AT+CSSN

<n>,<m>

0,0

AT+CSNS

<mode>

AT+CMGF

<mode>

AT+CCWA

<n>

AT+CMOD

<mode>

AT+CNMI

<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr
>

2,1,0,0,0

<show>

<service>

<n>

<mode>

AT+QEXTUNSOL

<mode>

AT+QRIMODE

<timemode>

<mode>

<n>,<m>

0,1

<n>,<m>

0,1

<n>

<n>

AT+CSDH
AT+CSMS
AT+QSCLK
AT+QIURC

AT+QTEMP
AT+CLIP
AT+COLP
AT+QCLIP
AT+QCOLP

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

16.4. AT Command Settings Storable with AT&W


Table 7: AT Command Settings Storable with AT&W
AT Command

Parameters

Display with AT&V

ATE

<value>

Yes

ATQ

<n>

Yes

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

220 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

ATS0

<n>

Yes

ATS3

<n>

Yes

ATS4

<n>

Yes

ATS5

<n>

Yes

ATS6

<n>

Yes

ATS7

<n>

Yes

ATS8

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
<n>

Yes

<n>

Yes

<value>

Yes

<value>

No

<value>

Yes

<value>

Yes

<format>,<parity>

Yes

<dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>

Yes

<value>

Yes

<rate>

Yes

<n>

Yes

<n>,<index>,<info>

Yes

<chset>

Yes

<type>

Yes

<n>

Yes

AT+CR

<mode>

Yes

AT+QDISH

<disableath>

No

AT+CRLP

<iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>,<Ver
1>,<T4>

Yes

AT+CLVL

<level>

Yes

ATS10
ATV
ATX
AT&C
AT&D
AT+ICF
AT+IFC
AT+ILRR
AT+IPR
AT+CREG
AT+CCUG
AT+CSCS
AT+CSTA
AT+CMEE

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

221 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

AT+CRSL

<level>

Yes

AT+QSIDET

<gainlevel>

Yes

AT+QMIC

<gainlevel>

Yes

AT+QTEMP

<mode>

Yes

AT+CUSD

<n>

Yes

AT+CSNS

<mode>

Yes

AT+CMGF

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
<mode>

Yes

<n>.

Yes

<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>

Yes

<show>

Yes

<n>

No

<mode>

No

AT+QEXTUNSOL

<mode>

No

AT+QTEMP

<mode>

Yes

<timemode>

No

<n>,<m>

Yes

<n>,<m>

Yes

<n>

Yes

<n>

Yes

<enable>,<insert_level>,<pin_c
hoice>

Yes

<enable>

Yes

AT+CCWA
AT+CNMI
AT+CSDH
AT+QSCLK
AT+QIURC

AT+QRIMODE
AT+CLIP
AT+COLP
AT+QCOLP
AT+QCLIP
AT+QSIMDET

AT+QSIMSTAT

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

222 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

16.5. AT Command Settings Storable with ATZ


Table 8: AT Command Settings Storable with ATZ
AT Command

Parameters

Factory Defaults

ATE

<value>

ATQ

<n>

ATS0

<n>

<n>

13

<n>

10

<n>

<n>

<n>

60

<n>

<n>

15

<value>

<value>

<value>

<value>

<value>

<n>

<n>,<index>,<info>

0,0,0

<chset>

GSM

AT+CSTA

<type>

129

AT+CMEE

<n>

AT+CR

<mode>

ATS3
ATS4
ATS5
ATS6
ATS7
ATS8
ATS10
ATV
ATX
AT&C
AT&D
AT+ILRR
AT+CREG
AT+CCUG
AT+CSCS

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

223 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

AT+QDISH

<disableath>

AT+CRLP

<iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>,<Ver1>
,<T4>

61,61,128,6,0,3

AT+CLVL

<level>

When AT+QAUDCH=0, the


default value is 60
When AT+QAUDCH=1, the
default value is 40
When AT+QAUDCH=2, the
default value is 35

AT+CRSL

<level>

55

<gainlevel>

When AT+QAUDCH=0, the


default value is 80
When AT+QAUDCH=1, the
default value is 144

<gainlevel>,<gainlevel>,<gainleve
l>

4,9,8

<n>

<n>,<m>

0,0

<mode>

<mode>

<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>

2,1,0,0,0

<show>

<service>

<n>

<mode>

<n>

<mode>

AT+QEXTUNSOL

<mode>

AT+QTEMP

<mode>

AT+QRIMODE

<timemode>

AT+COLP

<n>,<m>

0,1

AT+QSIDET

AT+QMIC
AT+CUSD
AT+CSSN
AT+CSNS
AT+CMGF
AT+CNMI
AT+CSDH
AT+CSMS
AT+QSCLK
AT+QIURC
AT+CCWA
AT+CMOD

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

224 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

AT+CLIP

<n>,<m>

0,1

AT+QCOLP

<n>

AT+QCLIP

<n>

AT+QSIMDET

<enable>,<insert_level>,<pin_cho
ice>

0,0,0

AT+QSIMSTAT

<enable>

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

16.6. Summary of URC


Table 9: Summary of URC
Index

URC Display

Meaning

Condition

+CMTI:<mem>,<index>

New message is received, and


saved to memory

AT+CNMI=2,1

+CMT:[<alpha>],<length><CR><L
F><pdu>

New short message is received


and output directly to TE (PDU
mode)

AT+CNMI=2,2

+CMT:<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<to
oa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tos
ca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>

New short message is received


and output directly to TE (Text
mode)

AT+CNMI=2,2

+CBM:<length><CR>

New CBM is received and output


directly (PDU mode)

AT+CNMI=2,2

+CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>
,<pages>,<CR>,<LF><data>

New CBM is received and output


directly to TE (Text mode)

AT+CNMI=2,2

+CDS:<length><CR><LF><pdu>

New CDS is received and output


directly (PDU mode)

AT+CNMI=2,2

+CDS:<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<
scts>,<dt>,<st>

New CDS is received and output


directly to TE (Text mode)

AT+CNMI=2,2

+CGEV:NW
DEACT<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>
[,<cid>]

GPRS network detach

AT+CGEREP=1

+CGEV:ME
DEACT<PDP_type>,<PDP_addr>
[,<cid>]

GPRS ME detach

AT+CGEREP=1

10

+CGEV:NW DETACH

GPRS network detach

AT+CGEREP=1

11

+CGEV:ME DETACH

GPRS ME detach

AT+CGEREP=1

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

225 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

12

+CGREG:1

Network registered

AT+CGREG=1

13

+CGREG:0

Network unregistered

AT+CGREG=1

14

+CGREG:1,<lac><ci>

Network registered, with location


code

AT+CGREG=2

15

+CGREG:0,<lac><ci>

Network unregistered, with location


code

AT+CGREG=2

16

+CSQN:<rssi>,<ber>

Signal quality change

AT+QEXTUNSOL
="SQ",1

Forbidden network is available only

AT+QEXTUNSOL
="FN",1

17

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

18

+CMWT:<store>,<index>,<voice>,
<fax>,<email>,<other>

Message waiting

AT+QEXTUNSOL
="MW",1

29

+QGURC:<event>

Unsolicited result code follows


particular call state transition

AT+QEXTUNSOL
="UR",1

20

+CBCN:<bcs>,<bcl>

Display battery connection status


and battery charge level

AT+QEXTUNSOL
="BC",1

21

+QBAND:<band>

Band mode display

AT+QEXTUNSOL
="BM",1

22

+TSMSINFO:<CMS error info>

Additional SMS information

AT+QEXTUNSOL
="SM",1

23

+CCINFO:<Call is
Disconnected>,<remain calls>

Displays the disconnected call ID


and the remain call numbers after
one of the call is disconnected

AT+QEXTUNSOL
="CC",1

24

RING

Indicates incoming call

N/A

25

Call Ready

Device is ready to make/receive


calls

N/A

26

UNDER_VOLTAGE POWER
DOWN

Under voltage shutdown indication

N/A

27

UNDER_VOLTAGE WARNING

Under voltage warning

N/A

28

OVER_VOLTAGE POWER
DOWN

Over voltage shutdown indication

N/A

29

OVER_VOLTAGE WARNING

Over voltage warning

N/A

30

NORMAL POWER DOWN

Normal power down

N/A

31

+CRING:<type>

An incoming call is indicated to the


TE with unsolicited result code
instead of the normal RING

AT+CRC=1

32

+CREG:<stat>

Indicate registration status of the


ME

AT+CREG=1

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

226 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

33

+CREG:<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]

After cell neighborhood changing


shows whether the network has
currently indicated the registration
of the ME, with location area code

34

RDY

ME initialization is successful

N/A

35

+CFUN:1

All function of the ME is available

N/A

36

+CPIN:<state>

SIM card pin state

N/A

37

MO RING

MO call ringing

AT+QMOSTAT=1

38

MO CONNECTED

MO call connected

AT+QMOSTAT=1

39

ALARM RING

Alarm event is triggered

AT+QALARM=1,<t
ime>,<repeat>,0/1

40

ALARM MODE

ME is switched on by alarm

AT+QALARM=1,<t
ime>,<repeat>,2

AT+CREG=2

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

16.7. Summary of CME ERROR Codes

Final result code +CME ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to mobile equipment or network. The
operation is similar to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same command line is
executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned.

<err> values are mostly used by common message commands. The following table lists most of general
and GRPS related ERROR Codes. For some GSM protocol failure cause described in GSM specifications,
the corresponding ERROR codes are not included.

Table 10: Different Coding Schemes of +CME ERROR: <err>


Code of <err>
0

Meaning

Phone failure

No connection to phone

Phone-adaptor link reserved

Operation not allowed

Operation not supported

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

227 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

PH-SIM PIN required

PH-FSIM PIN required

PH-FSIM PUK required

10

SIM not inserted

11

SIM PIN required

12

SIM PUK required

13
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
30

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
SIM failure
SIM busy

SIM wrong

Incorrect password
SIM PIN2 required

SIM PUK2 required


Memory full

Invalid index
Not found

Memory failure

Text string too long

Invalid characters in text string


Dial string too long

Invalid characters in dial string


No network service

31

Network timeout

32

Network not allowed - emergency calls only

40

Network personalization PIN required

41

Network personalization PUK required

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

228 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

42

Network subset personalization PIN required

43

Network subset personalization PUK required

44

Service provider personalization PIN required

45

Service provider personalization PUK required

46

Corporate personalization PIN required

47

Corporate personalization PUK required

103
106
107
111
112
113
132
133
134
148
149
150
151
152
153

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Illegal MS
Illegal ME

GPRS services not allowed


PLMN not allowed

Location area not allowed

Roaming not allowed in this location area


Service option not supported

Requested service option not subscribed


Service option temporarily out of order
Unspecified GPRS error

PDP authentication failure


Invalid mobile class

Link NS SP person PIN required

Link NS SP person PUK required


Link SIM C person PIN required

154

Link SIM C person PUK required

302

Command conflict

601

Unrecognized command

602

Return error

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

229 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

603

Syntax error

604

Unspecified

605

Data transfer already

606

Action already

607

Not AT command

608

Multi command too long

609
610
3513
3515
3516
3517
3518
3738
3742
3765
3769
3771
3772
3773
3774

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

3775

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Abort COPS

No call disconnect

Unread records on SIM


PS busy

Couldn't read SMS parameters from SIM


SM not ready

Invalid parameter

CSCS mode not found

CPOL operation format wrong


Invalid input value

Unable to get control

Call setup in progress


SIM powered down
Invalid CFUN state
Invalid ARFCN

The pin is not in GPIO mode

Confidential / Released

230 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

16.8. Summary of CMS ERROR Codes


Final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to mobile equipment or network. The
operation is similar to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same command line is
executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned.
<err> values are mostly used by common message commands:

Table 11: Different Coding Schemes of +CMS ERROR: <err>


Code of <err>
300
301
302
303
304
305
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Meaning

ME failure

SMS ME reserved

Operation not allowed

Operation not supported


Invalid PDU mode
Invalid text mode
SIM not inserted

SIM pin necessary

PH SIM pin necessary


SIM failure
SIM busy

SIM wrong

SIM PUK required

SIM PIN2 required

318

SIM PUK2 required

320

Memory failure

321

Invalid memory index

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

231 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

322

Memory full

330

SMSC address unknown

331

No network

332

Network timeout

500

Unknown

512

SIM not ready

513
514
515
517
528
529
530
531
3513
3515
3516
3517
3518
3742
3765

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Message length exceeds

Invalid request parameters


ME storage failure

Invalid service mode

More message to send state error


MO SMS is not allow
GPRS is suspended
ME storage full

Unread records on SIM


PS busy

Couldn't read SMS parameters from SIM


SM not ready

Invalid parameter

Incorrect <oper> format


Invalid input value

3769

Unable to get control of required module

3771

Call setup in progress

3772

SIM powered down

3773

Unable to operate in this CFUN state

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

232 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

3774

Invalid ARFCN in this band

3775

The pin is not in GPIO mode

16.9. Summary of Cause for Extended Error Report


16.9.1. Location ID for the Extended Error Report

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C

Table 12: Location ID for the Extended Error Report


ID
0
1
2
3

Description

No error (default)

Cause for protocol stack (PS) layer

Internal cause for Mobility Management (MM) layer


Cause for PPP/IP-Stack

16.9.2. Cause for Protocol Stack (PS) Layer


Table 13: Cause for Protocol Stack (PS) Layer
Cause
CM Cause
0
1
3
6

Description

Radio link fail

Unassigned number

No route to destination
Channel unacceptable

Operator determined barring

10

Call barred

11

Reserved

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

233 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

16

Normal call clearing

17

User busy

18

No user responding

19

User alerting, no answer

21

Call rejected

22

Number changed

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
34
38
41
42
43
44
47
49

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Pre-emption

Non-selected user clearing


Destination out of order

Invalid number format (incomplete number)


Facility rejected

Response to STATUS ENQUIRY


Normal, unspecified

No circuit/channel available
Network out of order
Temporary failure

Switching equipment congestion


Access information discarded

Requested circuit/channel not available


Resource unavailable, unspecified
Quality of service unavailable

50

Requested facility not subscribed

55

Incoming calls barred within the CUG

57

Bearer capability not authorized

58

Bearer capability not presently available

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

234 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

63

Service or option not available, unspecified

65

Bearer service not implemented

68

ACM equal or greater than ACM maximum

69

Requested facility not implemented

70

Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available

79

Service or option not implemented, unspecified

81
87
88
91
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
111
127
128

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Invalid transaction identifier value
User not member of CUG
Incompatible destination

Invalid transit network selection

Semantically incorrect message


Invalid mandatory information

Message type non-existent or not implemented

Message type not compatible with protocol state

Information element non-existent or not implemented


Conditional information element error

Message not compatible with protocol


Recovery on timer expiry

Protocol error, unspecified


Interworking, unspecified

Telematic interworking not supported

129

Short message Type 0 not supported

130

Cannot replace short message

143

Unspecified TP-PID error

144

Data coding scheme (alphabet) not supported

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

235 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

145

Message class not supported

159

Unspecified TP-DCS error

160

Command cannot be acted

161

Command unsupported

175

Unspecified TP-Command error

176

TPDU not supported

192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
208
209
210
211
212
213
224

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
SC busy

No SC subscription
SC system failure

Invalid SME address

Destination SME barred

SM Rejected-Duplicate SM
TP-VPF not supported
TP-VP not supported

SIM SMS storage full

No SMS storage capability in SIM


Error in MS

Memory Capacity Exceeded

SIM Application Toolkit Busy


SIM data download error
CP retry exceed

225

RP trim timeout

226

SMS connection broken

255

Unspecified error cause

304

Invalid PDU mode parameter

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

236 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

305

Invalid TEXT mode parameter

313

SIM failure

320

Memory failure

321

Invalid memory index

322

Memory full

330

SMSC address unknown

340
500
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
No +CNMA acknowledgement expected
Unknown error
SMS no error

Message length exceeds maximum length


Invalid request parameters
ME storage failure

Invalid bearer service


Invalid service mode
Invalid storage type

Invalid message format

Too many MO concatenated messages


SMSAL not ready

SMSAL no more service

Not support TP-Status-Report&TP-Command in storage


Reserved MTI

525

No free entity in RL layer

526

The port number is already registered

527

There is no free entity for port number

528

More Message to Send state error

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

237 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

529

MO SMS is not allow

530

GPRS is suspended

531

ME storage full

532

Doing SIM refresh

CC Cause
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
896
SS Cause
1024
1025
1033

Command not allowed

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Illegal card ID

Call allocation fail


BC fill fail

Call RE EST

Illegal DTMF tone


Illegal BC

Modify actual mode


Data action fail

No response from network


Call accept not allowed
General cause

Cause none

Unknown subscriber
Illegal subscriber

1034

Bearer service not provisioned

1035

Tele service not provisioned

1036

Illegal equipment

1037

Call barred

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

238 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

1040

Illegal SS operation

1041

SS error status

1042

SS not available

1043

SS subscription violation

1044

SS incompatibility

1045

Facility not supported

1051
1053
1054
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1067
1078
1095
1096
1145
1146
1147

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Absent subscriber
Short term denial
Long term denial
System failure
Data missing

Unexpected data value


PW registration failure
Negative PW check

Number of PW attempts violation


Position method failure
Unknown alphabet
USSD busy

Rejected by user

Rejected by network

Deflection to served subscriber

1148

Special service code

1149

Invalid deflection to number

1150

Max number of MPTY participants exceeded

1151

Resources not available

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

239 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

1152

General problem, unrecognized component

1153

General problem, mistyped component

1154

General problem, badly structured component

1155

Invoke problem, duplicate invoked

1156

Invoke problem, unrecognized operation

1157

Invoke problem, mistyped parameter

1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
MM Cause
2048

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Invoke problem, resource limitation
Invoke problem, initiating release

Invoke problem, unrecognized linked ID

Invoke problem, linked resource unexpected

Invoke problem, unexpected linked operation

Return result problem, RR unrecognized invoked

Return result problem, RR, return result unexpected


Return result problem, RR mistyped parameter

Return error problem, RE, unrecognized invoked

Return error problem, RE return error unexpected


Return error problem, RE unrecognized error
Return error problem, RE unexpected error

Return error problem, RE mistyped parameter

Cause none

2050

IMSI unknown in HLR

2051

Illegal MS

2052

IMSI unknown in VLR

2053

IMEI not accepted

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

240 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

2054

Illegal ME

2055

GPRS not allowed

2056

None GPRS not allowed

2057

MS ID not derived by network

2058

Implicit detach

2059

PLMN not allowed

2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2068
2069
2070
2080
2081
2082
2086
2088
2096

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Location area not allowed

Roaming area not allowed

GPRS not allowed in PLMN


No suitable cells in LA

MSC temp not reachable


Network failure
MAC failure
Sync failure
Congestion

Serve option not supported

Request serve option not subscribed


Serve option temp out of order
Call cannot be identified

No PDP context activated

Retry upon entry into a new cell

2111

Retry upon entry into a new cell

2143

Semantically incorrect message

2144

Invalid MM info

2145

Message type non existent

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

241 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

2146

Message type incompatible with protocol state

2147

IE not implemented

2148

Conditional MM IE error

2149

Message not compatible with protocol state

2159

Protocol error unspecified

2160

Access barred

2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Assignment reject

Random access failure


RR no service

PLMN search reject emergency


RR connection release
Authentication failure
IMSI detach

Abort by network

Connection timeout
Enqueue fail
Not updated

State not allowed

Emergency not allowed


No service

Access class barred

SIM Cause
2560

Command success

2561

Command fail

2562

Fatal error

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

242 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

2563

No inserted

2564

CHV not init

2565

CHV verify error

2566

CHV block

2567

Access not allow

2568

SAT command busy

2569
2570
2571
2572
SM Cause
3080
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
DL error

Memory problem

Technical problem
PUK unlock

Operator determined barring


LLC SND failure

Insufficient resource
Unknown APN

Unknown PDP address or type


Authentication failure

Activation reject GGSN


Activation reject

Unsupported service option

Unsubscribed service option

3106

Out of order service option

3108

Regular deactivation

3109

QOS not accepted

3110

Network fail

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

243 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

3111

Reactivation required

3112

Unsupported network context activation

3113

Semantic error in TFT operation

3114

Syntactical error in TFT operation

3115

Unknown PDP context

3116

Semantic error in packet filter

3117
3118
3153
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3183
3184
ABM Cause
3273
3274

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Syntax error in packet filter

PDP context WO TFT already act


Invalid TI

Incorrect message
Invalid MAND info

Unimplemented message type

Incompatible message type protocol state


Unimplemented IE

Conditional IE error

Incompatible message protocol state


Unspecified

Startup failure

Success

Invalid network account ID

3275

GPRS reactivate

3276

GPRS protocol rejection

3283

Rejected

3284

Slot limited

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

244 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

3285

Abort

3286

None auto deactivation

TCM Cause
3372

Invalid parameter

3373

NSAPI not in use

3374

ACL action not allowed

3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
ACL SIM file full

ACL add entry failed


ACL del entry failed

ACL set entry failed

ACL SIM read failed

ACL SIM write failed

16.9.3. Internal cause for MM layer


Table 14: Internal Cause for MM Layer
Cause
112
113
114
115
116

Description

Forbidden PLMN

Access class barred


No coverage

GPRS service not allowed


Timer expiry

117

SIM inserted

118

SIM removed

119

SIM absent

120

SIM invalid for PS

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

245 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

121

SIM invalid for CS

122

SIM invalid for PS and CS

123

Low layer fail

124

Connection in progress

125

Not updated

126

Connection establish failure

127
128
129
130
131
132
133

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Connection abort

Connection failure

Emergency not allowed


No GPRS coverage
Abnormal LU

Abnormal LU less than 4 times


Same LAI IMSI attaching

16.9.4. Cause for PPP/IP-Stack


Table 15: Cause for PPP/IP-Stack
Cause
0
1
2
3

Description
No error
LCP fail

Authentication fail
IPCP fail

ESC detect

Plug out detect

PPP GPRS dialup already activated

PPP not activated by external modem yet

M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

246 / 247

GSM/GPRS Module Series


M95 AT Commands Manual

PPP already activated by external modem

PPP not activated by WAP over CSD yet

10

PPP already activated by WAP over CSD

11

PPP wrong CSD mode ID

12

PPP detect AT command during dialup

13

PPP detect escape during dialup

l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
M95_AT_Commands_Manual

Confidential / Released

247 / 247

You might also like